Oracle FS1-2 Flash Storage System

Field Service Guide

Part Number E41586-01Oracle FS1-2 Flash Storage System release 6.1.0

2014 October

Copyright © 2005, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions onuse and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in yourlicense agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify,license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish or display any part, in any form, or by any means.Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law forinteroperability, is prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. Ifyou find any errors, please report them to us in writing.

If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it onbehalf of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technicaldata delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technicaldata" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplementalregulations. As such, the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to therestrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicableby the terms of the Government contract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, CommercialComputer Software License (December 2007). Oracle USA, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City, CA94065.

This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications.It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications thatmay create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then youshall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure itssafe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of thissoftware or hardware in dangerous applications.

Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks oftheir respective owners.

This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content, productsand services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expresslydisclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services. OracleCorporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to youraccess to or use of third-party content, products, or services.

Copyright © 2005, 2014, Oracle et/ou ses affiliés. Tous droits réservés.

Ce logiciel et la documentation qui l’accompagne sont protégés par les lois sur la propriété intellectuelle. Ilssont concédés sous licence et soumis à des restrictions d’utilisation et de divulgation. Sauf disposition devotre contrat de licence ou de la loi, vous ne pouvez pas copier, reproduire, traduire, diffuser, modifier,breveter, transmettre, distribuer, exposer, exécuter, publier ou afficher le logiciel, même partiellement, sousquelque forme et par quelque procédé que ce soit. Par ailleurs, il est interdit de procéder à toute ingénierieinverse du logiciel, de le désassembler ou de le décompiler, excepté à des fins d’interopérabilité avec deslogiciels tiers ou tel que prescrit par la loi.

Les informations fournies dans ce document sont susceptibles de modification sans préavis. Par ailleurs,Oracle Corporation ne garantit pas qu’elles soient exemptes d’erreurs et vous invite, le cas échéant, à lui enfaire part par écrit.

Si ce logiciel, ou la documentation qui l’accompagne, est concédé sous licence au Gouvernement des Etats-Unis, ou à toute entité qui délivre la licence de ce logiciel ou l’utilise pour le compte du Gouvernement desEtats-Unis, la notice suivante s’applique :

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS. Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technicaldata delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial computer software" or "commercial technicaldata" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplementalregulations. As such, the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation shall be subject to therestrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the extent applicableby the terms of the Government contract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, CommercialComputer Software License (December 2007). Oracle America, Inc., 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood City,CA 94065.

Ce logiciel ou matériel a été développé pour un usage général dans le cadre d’applications de gestion desinformations. Ce logiciel ou matériel n’est pas conçu ni n’est destiné à être utilisé dans des applications àrisque, notamment dans des applications pouvant causer des dommages corporels. Si vous utilisez celogiciel ou matériel dans le cadre d’applications dangereuses, il est de votre responsabilité de prendretoutes les mesures de secours, de sauvegarde, de redondance et autres mesures nécessaires à sonutilisation dans des conditions optimales de sécurité. Oracle Corporation et ses affiliés déclinent touteresponsabilité quant aux dommages causés par l’utilisation de ce logiciel ou matériel pour ce typed’applications.

Oracle et Java sont des marques déposées d’Oracle Corporation et/ou de ses affiliés.Tout autre nommentionné peut correspondre à des marques appartenant à d’autres propriétaires qu’Oracle.

Ce logiciel ou matériel et la documentation qui l’accompagne peuvent fournir des informations ou des liensdonnant accès à des contenus, des produits et des services émanant de tiers. Oracle Corporation et sesaffiliés déclinent toute responsabilité ou garantie expresse quant aux contenus, produits ou servicesémanant de tiers. En aucun cas, Oracle Corporation et ses affiliés ne sauraient être tenus pourresponsables des pertes subies, des coûts occasionnés ou des dommages causés par l’accès à descontenus, produits ou services tiers, ou à leur utilisation.

ContentsList of Tables .............................................................................................................................17

List of Figures............................................................................................................................19

Related Documentation.............................................................................................................38Oracle Resources......................................................................................................................39

Chapter 1: Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures ......................................40Oracle FS System Service Procedures ...............................................................................40

Controller Components...................................................................................................40Drive Enclosure Components.........................................................................................44Pilot Components ...........................................................................................................48Warnings and Cautions ..................................................................................................51Electrostatic Discharge Precautions...............................................................................51Required Tools ...............................................................................................................51

Guided Maintenance............................................................................................................52Guided Maintenance Overview ......................................................................................52Guided Maintenance Replaceable Components ............................................................54Access Guided Maintenance..........................................................................................55

Access to Replace a Controller Component (1) ........................................................55Access to Replace a Controller Component (2) ........................................................56Access to Replace a Drive Enclosure Component ...................................................57Access to Replace a Pilot Component ......................................................................57

Chapter 2: Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation ......................................58Component Placement ........................................................................................................58Component Numbering........................................................................................................60Oracle FS System Rack Hardware Specifications...............................................................62Prepare the Rack ................................................................................................................64

Remove the Doors From a Rack ....................................................................................65Remove a Side Panel From a Rack ...............................................................................65Rack Installation Safety Precautions .............................................................................66

System-Wide Procedures ....................................................................................................66Data Backups .................................................................................................................66Power Cycling.................................................................................................................67

Controller Rails ....................................................................................................................67Controller Rail Kits ..........................................................................................................68Install the Rack Rails for the Controller ..........................................................................69Install the Slide Rails for the Controller ..........................................................................72Install the Controller CMA...............................................................................................77Insert the Controller Into a Rack.....................................................................................80Verify Operation of the Slide Rails and the CMA............................................................81

Drive Enclosure Rails...........................................................................................................83Drive Enclosure Rail Kits ................................................................................................86

4

Install Drive Enclosure Rails ...........................................................................................88Install Rails for DE2-24P Drive Enclosures ....................................................................88

Install Rails in Threaded Racks.................................................................................88Install Rails in Square or Round Hole Racks ............................................................91

Install Rails for DE2-24C Drive Enclosures ....................................................................94Insert a DE2-24P Drive Enclosure Into a Rack ..............................................................98Insert a DE2-24C Drive Enclosure Into a Rack ............................................................101

Pilot Rails ...........................................................................................................................104Pilot Rail Kits.................................................................................................................104Install the Rack Rails for the Pilot .................................................................................105Install the Slide Rails for the Pilot .................................................................................107Install the Pilot CMA .....................................................................................................108Insert the Pilot into a Rack............................................................................................110Verify Operation of the Slide Rails and the CMA..........................................................112

Chapter 3: Controller Replacement Procedures .....................................................................114Controller Overview ...........................................................................................................114Replace Controller Air Filter ...............................................................................................114

Remove an Air Filter .....................................................................................................115Insert an Air Filter .........................................................................................................116

Replace a Controller Fan Module ......................................................................................117Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................119Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................120Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................121Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................121Remove a Fan Module .................................................................................................122Insert a Fan Module......................................................................................................123Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................124Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................125Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................125

Replace a Controller Power Supply ...................................................................................126Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................128Remove the Power Cords ............................................................................................128Remove a Power Supply ..............................................................................................129Insert a Power Supply ..................................................................................................130Insert the Power Cords.................................................................................................131Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................131

Replace a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM) ........................................................131Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................133Remove an Air Filter .....................................................................................................134Remove a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM)...................................................135Insert an Energy Storage Module.................................................................................136Power On the Controller ...............................................................................................138Insert an Air Filter .........................................................................................................138Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................138

Replace a Controller Riser ................................................................................................139Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................140

Contents

5

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................141Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................142Disconnect Controller Cabling ......................................................................................143Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................143Remove a Riser ...........................................................................................................143Insert a Riser ................................................................................................................146Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................148Reconnect Controller Cabling.......................................................................................148Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................149Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................149

Replace a Controller HBA..................................................................................................149Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................151Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................152Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................152Disconnect Controller Cabling ......................................................................................153Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................154Remove a Riser ...........................................................................................................154Remove an HBA...........................................................................................................157Insert an HBA ...............................................................................................................158Insert a Riser ................................................................................................................160Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................162Reconnect Controller Cabling.......................................................................................162Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................163Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................163

Replace a Controller DIMM................................................................................................163Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................166Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................167Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................167Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................168Remove an Air Filter .....................................................................................................169Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position .......................................................170Remove an Air Duct .....................................................................................................173Remove a DIMM...........................................................................................................174Insert a DIMM ...............................................................................................................175Lower the Drive Compartment .....................................................................................176Insert an Air Duct ..........................................................................................................177Insert an Air Filter .........................................................................................................177Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................178Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................179Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................179

Replace a Controller NV-DIMM .........................................................................................180Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................182Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................183Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................183Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................184Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position .......................................................185Remove an Air Duct .....................................................................................................187

Contents

6

Remove an NV-DIMM...................................................................................................189Insert an NVDIMM ........................................................................................................189Insert an Air Duct ..........................................................................................................190Lower the Drive Compartment .....................................................................................190Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................191Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................192Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................192

Replace a Controller ESM Backplane ...............................................................................193Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................194Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................195Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................195Remove Components From the Controller ..................................................................196

Remove an Air Filter................................................................................................197Open the Controller Top Cover ...............................................................................198Remove a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM) .............................................199

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position .......................................................200Remove a Backplane ...................................................................................................202Insert the Backplane.....................................................................................................204Insert Components on the Controller............................................................................207

Insert an Energy Storage Module ...........................................................................207Insert an Air Filter ....................................................................................................209Close the Controller Top Cover...............................................................................209

Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................210Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................210

Replace a Controller Heat Sink..........................................................................................211Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................212Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................213Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................213Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................214Remove an Air Duct .....................................................................................................215Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position .......................................................217Remove a Heat Sink.....................................................................................................219Insert a Heat Sink .........................................................................................................220Insert an Air Duct ..........................................................................................................221Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................221Lower the Drive Compartment .....................................................................................222Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................223Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................223

Replace a Controller CPU..................................................................................................224Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................226Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................227Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................228Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................228Remove an Air Duct .....................................................................................................229Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position .......................................................231Remove a Heat Sink.....................................................................................................233Remove a CPU.............................................................................................................234

Contents

7

Insert a CPU .................................................................................................................235Insert a Heat Sink .........................................................................................................236Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................237Lower the Drive Compartment .....................................................................................238Complete the Component Replacement ......................................................................239Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................239

Replace a Controller Identification Display ........................................................................239Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................240Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................241Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................242Remove an Air Filter .....................................................................................................243Open the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................244Remove a Controller Identification Display...................................................................245Insert a Controller Identification Display .......................................................................247Close the Controller Top Cover ....................................................................................247Power On the Controller ...............................................................................................248Insert an Air Filter .........................................................................................................248Slide Controller to Rack Position ..................................................................................249Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................249

Replace a Controller LED Alarm Assembly .......................................................................249Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................252Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................252Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................253(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack ......................................................254Remove Components From the Controller ..................................................................255

Open the Controller Top Cover ...............................................................................255Remove an Air Filter................................................................................................256Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position ..................................................257Remove an Air Duct ................................................................................................259

Remove an LED Alarm Assembly ................................................................................261Insert an LED Alarm Assembly.....................................................................................263Insert Components on the Controller............................................................................266

Insert an Air Duct ....................................................................................................266Lower the Drive Compartment ...............................................................................267Insert an Air Filter ....................................................................................................267Close the Controller Top Cover...............................................................................268

Insert the Controller Onto the Rack ..............................................................................269Insert Controller Chassis Onto Rack.......................................................................269Slide Controller to Rack Position.............................................................................270Power On the Controller..........................................................................................270Verify Controller Component Status........................................................................270

Replace a Controller Motherboard.....................................................................................270Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................273Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................274Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................275Disconnect Controller Cabling ......................................................................................275(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack ......................................................276

Contents

8

Remove Components From the Controller ..................................................................276Open the Controller Top Cover ...............................................................................276Remove an Air Filter................................................................................................277Remove a Fan Module............................................................................................278Remove the Fan Compartment ...............................................................................279Remove an Air Duct ................................................................................................280Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position ..................................................282Remove a Riser ......................................................................................................284Remove a Power Distribution Board (PDB) Cover..................................................286Remove a Motherboard ..........................................................................................288Remove a DIMM .....................................................................................................290Remove an NV-DIMM .............................................................................................291Remove a Heat Sink ...............................................................................................291Remove a CPU .......................................................................................................292About Controller Motherboard Cables.....................................................................294Remove Motherboard Cables .................................................................................296

Insert Components on the Controller............................................................................296Insert a Power Distribution Board (PDB) Cover ......................................................296Insert Motherboard Cables......................................................................................298Insert an NVDIMM...................................................................................................298Insert a DIMM..........................................................................................................298Insert a CPU............................................................................................................299Insert a Heat Sink....................................................................................................300Insert a Riser ...........................................................................................................301Insert a Motherboard...............................................................................................303Lower the Drive Compartment ...............................................................................304Insert an Air Duct ....................................................................................................305Insert the Fan Compartment ...................................................................................305Insert a Fan Module ................................................................................................306Insert an Air Filter ....................................................................................................307Close the Controller Top Cover...............................................................................308

Reconnect Controller Cabling.......................................................................................309Slide Controller to Rack Position ..................................................................................309Power On the Controller ...............................................................................................310Verify Controller Component Status .............................................................................310Update the Controller BIOS .........................................................................................310

Replace Controller Motherboard Cables............................................................................313Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................316Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................317Disconnect Controller Cabling ......................................................................................317Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................318(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack ......................................................319Remove Components From the Controller ..................................................................319

Open the Controller Top Cover ...............................................................................319Remove a Fan Module............................................................................................320Remove the Fan Compartment ...............................................................................321

Remove Motherboard Cables.......................................................................................322

Contents

9

Insert Motherboard Cables ...........................................................................................322Insert Components on the Controller............................................................................323

Insert the Fan Compartment ...................................................................................323Insert a Fan Module ................................................................................................323Close the Controller Top Cover...............................................................................324

Insert the Controller Onto the Rack ..............................................................................325Insert Controller Chassis Onto Rack.......................................................................325Slide Controller to Rack Position.............................................................................326Reconnect Controller Cabling .................................................................................326Power On the Controller..........................................................................................326Verify Controller Component Status........................................................................326

Replace a Controller Power Distribution Board .................................................................327Prepare the Component for Replacement ....................................................................329Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords................................................................329Slide Controller to Service Position ..............................................................................330Disconnect Controller Cabling ......................................................................................331(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack ......................................................332Remove Components From the Controller ..................................................................332

Remove a Power Supply.........................................................................................332Remove an Air Filter................................................................................................334Open the Controller Top Cover ...............................................................................335Remove a Fan Module............................................................................................336Remove the Fan Compartment ...............................................................................336Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position ..................................................337Remove an Air Duct ................................................................................................340Remove a Riser ......................................................................................................341Remove Motherboard Cables .................................................................................343

Remove a Power Distribution Board (PDB)..................................................................343Insert a Power Distribution Board (PDB) ......................................................................346Insert Components on the Controller............................................................................348

Insert Motherboard Cables......................................................................................348Insert a Riser ...........................................................................................................349Insert an Air Duct ....................................................................................................351Lower the Drive Compartment ...............................................................................351Insert the Fan Compartment ...................................................................................352Insert a Fan Module ................................................................................................353Close the Controller Top Cover...............................................................................354Insert a Power Supply .............................................................................................354Insert an Air Filter ....................................................................................................355

Insert the Controller Onto the Rack ..............................................................................356Insert Controller Chassis Onto Rack.......................................................................356Reconnect Controller Cabling .................................................................................356Slide Controller to Rack Position.............................................................................356Power On the Controller..........................................................................................357Verify Controller Component Status........................................................................357

Contents

10

Chapter 4: Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures............................................................358Drive Enclosure Overview..................................................................................................358Drive Enclosure Drive Replacement ..................................................................................360Replace a Drive Enclosure Drive .......................................................................................362

Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement ............................................362Remove a Drive............................................................................................................363Insert a Drive ................................................................................................................365Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component ......................................................367

Replace an I/O Module ......................................................................................................367Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement ............................................369Remove an I/O Module.................................................................................................370Insert an I/O Module .....................................................................................................371Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component ......................................................372

Replace a Power Cooling Module......................................................................................372Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement ............................................374Remove a Power Cooling Module ................................................................................375Insert a Power Cooling Module ....................................................................................375Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component ......................................................377

Replace a Drive Enclosure Chassis...................................................................................378Replace a Drive Enclosure (Data Accessible) ..............................................................379

Migrate Data Off of a Drive Enclosure ....................................................................379Power Off a Drive Enclosure...................................................................................380Remove a Drive Enclosure .....................................................................................381Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24P)...............................382Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24C) ..............................385Power On a Drive Enclosure...................................................................................388Accept the Drives for a Replacement Drive Enclosure ...........................................388Add Drive Groups to the Storage Domain...............................................................388

Replace a Drive Enclosure (Data Inaccessible) ...........................................................388Determine the Primary Drive Group........................................................................389Shut Down the Oracle FS System ..........................................................................390Power Off a Drive Enclosure...................................................................................390Remove a Drive Enclosure .....................................................................................391Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24P)...............................392Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24C) ..............................395Power On a Drive Enclosure...................................................................................398Restart the Oracle FS System ................................................................................398Verify the Replacement of a Drive Enclosure ........................................................398

Chapter 5: Pilot Replacement Procedures ..............................................................................399Pilot Overview ....................................................................................................................399Replace a Pilot Battery .....................................................................................................399

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................401Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................402Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................402Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................403Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................404

Contents

11

Remove a Battery .........................................................................................................404Insert a Battery .............................................................................................................405Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................406Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................407Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................407Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................408Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................408Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................409

Replace a Pilot SAS HBA .................................................................................................409Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................411Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................411Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................412Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................413Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................414Remove a SAS HBA.....................................................................................................414Insert a SAS HBA .........................................................................................................415Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................415Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................416Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................417Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................417Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................418Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................418

Replace a Pilot Riser .........................................................................................................418Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................420Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................421Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................421Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................422Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................423Remove a Riser ............................................................................................................423Insert a Riser ................................................................................................................425Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................426Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................427Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................427Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................428Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................428Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................429

Replace a Pilot Power Supply ...........................................................................................429Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................430Remove a Power Supply ..............................................................................................431Insert a Power Supply ..................................................................................................432Verify Power Supply Replacement on a Pilot ...............................................................432

Replace a Pilot Fan Module ..............................................................................................433Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................434Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................435Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................436Remove a Fan Module .................................................................................................437Insert a Fan Module......................................................................................................438

Contents

12

Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................438Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................439Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................439Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................440

Replace a Pilot DIMM .......................................................................................................440Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................441Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................442Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................443Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................444Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................445Remove a Pilot DIMM...................................................................................................445Insert a Pilot DIMM .......................................................................................................446Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................447Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................448Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................448Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................449Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................449Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................449

Replace a Pilot Chassis .....................................................................................................449Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................451Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................452Disconnect Pilot Cabling...............................................................................................452Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................453Remove Pilot Chassis From Rack................................................................................455Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................456Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................456Remove Components From the Pilot ...........................................................................457

Remove a Power Supply.........................................................................................457Remove a Fan Module............................................................................................458Remove the Fan Compartment ...............................................................................459Remove a Pilot DIMM .............................................................................................459Remove a Heat Sink ...............................................................................................460Remove a Pilot CPU ...............................................................................................461Remove a Battery ...................................................................................................462Remove a Riser.......................................................................................................463Remove a SAS HBA ...............................................................................................464Remove a SAS HDD...............................................................................................464Remove a Disk Backplane ......................................................................................465

Insert Components on the Pilot ....................................................................................468Insert a Disk Backplane ..........................................................................................468Insert a SAS HDD ...................................................................................................470Insert a SAS HBA....................................................................................................471Insert a Riser ...........................................................................................................471Insert a Battery ........................................................................................................472Insert a Pilot CPU....................................................................................................473Insert a Heat Sink....................................................................................................474Insert a Pilot DIMM..................................................................................................474

Contents

13

Insert the Fan Compartment ...................................................................................475Insert a Fan Module ................................................................................................475Insert the Fan Compartment ...................................................................................476

Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................476Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................477Insert the Pilot Onto the Rack.......................................................................................478

Insert Pilot Chassis Into Rack .................................................................................478Slide Pilot to Rack Position .....................................................................................479Re-connect Pilot Cabling.........................................................................................480Connect Power Cords On the Pilot .........................................................................480Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot ............................................480Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot ...............................................481

Replace a Pilot SAS HDD .................................................................................................481Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................482Remove a SAS HDD ....................................................................................................483Insert a SAS HDD.........................................................................................................484Create a Pilot Image on Replacement SAS HDD.........................................................484Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................485Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................486

Replace a Pilot Disk Backplane .........................................................................................486Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................488Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................489Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................489Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................490Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................491Remove a Fan Module .................................................................................................491Remove the Fan Compartment ....................................................................................492Remove a Disk Backplane ...........................................................................................492Insert a Disk Backplane................................................................................................495Insert the Fan Compartment.........................................................................................496Insert a Fan Module......................................................................................................497Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................498Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................498Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................499Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................499Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................500Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................500

Replace a Pilot Heat Sink .................................................................................................500Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................502Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................503Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................503Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................504Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................505Remove an Air Duct .....................................................................................................506Remove a Heat Sink.....................................................................................................506Insert a Heat Sink .........................................................................................................506Insert an Air Duct ..........................................................................................................507

Contents

14

Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................507Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................508Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................508Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................509Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................509Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................510

Replace a Pilot CPU .........................................................................................................510Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................512Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................513Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................513Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................514Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................515Remove an Air Duct .....................................................................................................515Remove a Heat Sink.....................................................................................................516Remove a Pilot CPU.....................................................................................................516Insert a Pilot CPU .........................................................................................................517Insert a Heat Sink .........................................................................................................518Insert an Air Duct ..........................................................................................................519Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................519Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................520Slide Pilot to Rack Position...........................................................................................520Connect Power Cords On the Pilot...............................................................................521Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot .....................................................521Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot .................................................522

Replace a Pilot Motherboard .............................................................................................522Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement ...............................................................524Power Off the Pilot........................................................................................................525Disconnect Pilot Cabling...............................................................................................525Slide Pilot to Service Position.......................................................................................526Remove Pilot Chassis From Rack................................................................................528Open Pilot Fan Door .....................................................................................................529Open Pilot Top Cover ...................................................................................................529Remove Components From the Pilot ...........................................................................530

Remove a Power Supply.........................................................................................530Remove a Fan Module............................................................................................531Remove a Pilot DIMM .............................................................................................532Remove a Heat Sink ...............................................................................................533Remove a Pilot CPU ...............................................................................................534Remove a Riser.......................................................................................................535

Remove a Motherboard................................................................................................537Insert a Motherboard ....................................................................................................538Insert Components on the Pilot ....................................................................................540

Insert a Riser ...........................................................................................................540Insert a Pilot CPU....................................................................................................541Insert a Heat Sink....................................................................................................541Insert a Pilot DIMM..................................................................................................542Insert a Fan Module ................................................................................................542

Contents

15

Insert a Power Supply .............................................................................................543Close Pilot Top Cover...................................................................................................544Close Pilot Fan Door ....................................................................................................545Insert the Pilot Onto the Rack.......................................................................................545

Slide Pilot to Rack Position .....................................................................................546Re-connect Pilot Cabling.........................................................................................546Connect Power Cords On the Pilot .........................................................................547Update the Pilot BIOS ............................................................................................547Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot ............................................550Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot ...............................................550

Appendix A: Oracle FS System LED Status............................................................................551Oracle FS System LEDs ....................................................................................................551Controller LED Indicators ...................................................................................................551

Controller Power Supply LED Indicators ......................................................................558Controller Fan LED Indicators ......................................................................................558Controller ESM LED Indicators.....................................................................................559

Drive Enclosure LED Indicators .........................................................................................560Power Cooling Module LED Indicators.........................................................................562I/O Module LED Indicators ...........................................................................................563Drive LED Indicators.....................................................................................................564

Pilot LED Indicators ...........................................................................................................566Pilot Drive LED Indicators.............................................................................................569Pilot Fan LED Indicators ...............................................................................................570Pilot Port LED Indicators ..............................................................................................570Pilot Motherboard LED Indicators.................................................................................571Pilot Power Supply LED Indicators...............................................................................572

Appendix B: Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications .......................................................573Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications ......................................................................573

Component Chassis Hardware Specifications ............................................................574PDU Hardware Specifications ......................................................................................577

System Power Requirements ............................................................................................581System Packaging and Transportation ..............................................................................581System Environmentals .....................................................................................................581

Index........................................................................................................................................583

Contents

16

List of TablesTable 1: Oracle resources.........................................................................................................39

Table 2: Controller components and descriptions.....................................................................40

Table 3: Drive Enclosure component descriptions....................................................................46

Table 4: Release 6.1 supported drives......................................................................................47

Table 5: Pilot components and descriptions..............................................................................48

Table 6: Required tools.............................................................................................................52

Table 7: Hot-serviceable components.......................................................................................54

Table 8: Pilot replaceable components.....................................................................................55

Table 9: Default component placement in racks.......................................................................58

Table 10: Component placement with one Replication Engine.................................................58

Table 11: Component placement with two Replication Engines................................................59

Table 12: Component placement with three Replication Engines.............................................59

Table 13: Component placement with four Replication Engines...............................................60

Table 14: Rack specifications for an Oracle FS System...........................................................62

Table 15: Controller rail kit mounting screws.............................................................................69

Table 16: Drive Enclosure rail kits.............................................................................................87

Table 17: Controller LED status and description (front panel).................................................552

Table 18: Controller LED status and description (back panel)................................................555

Table 19: Controller power supply LED status and description ..............................................558

Table 20: Controller fan LED status and description ..............................................................558

Table 21: Controller ESM LED status and description ...........................................................560

Table 22: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (operator panel).................................562

Table 23: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (power cooling module).....................563

Table 24: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (I/O module)......................................564

Table 25: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (drives)..............................................565

Table 26: Pilot LED status and description .............................................................................567

17

Table 27: Pilot drive LED status and description ....................................................................569

Table 28: Pilot fan LED status and description .......................................................................570

Table 29: Network management port LED status and description .........................................570

Table 30: Ethernet port LED status and description ...............................................................571

Table 31: Motherboard LED status and description ...............................................................571

Table 32: Pilot Drive LED status and description ...................................................................572

Table 33: Basic components of an Oracle Flash Storage System..........................................573

Table 34: Maximum physical dimensions of an Oracle Flash Storage System.......................574

Table 35: Pilot dimensions and weight ...................................................................................574

Table 36: Controller dimensions and weight...........................................................................575

Table 37: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure dimensions and weight..................................................575

Table 38: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure dimensions and weight..................................................575

Table 39: Pilot power characteristics.......................................................................................576

Table 40: Controller power characteristics .............................................................................576

Table 41: Drive Enclosure power characteristics....................................................................577

Table 42: Low voltage dual phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems...........................578

Table 43: Low voltage three-phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems..........................578

Table 44: High voltage single phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems........................579

Table 45: High voltage three-phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems.........................580

Table 46: System altitude specifications.................................................................................581

Table 47: System temperature and humidity specifications....................................................582

List of Tables

18

List of FiguresFigure 1: Controller back view...................................................................................................41

Figure 2: Controller front view with the air filter.........................................................................42

Figure 3: Controller front view without the air filter....................................................................42

Figure 4: Exploded view of Controller replaceable components...............................................43

Figure 5: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure CRUs................................................................................45

Figure 6: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure CRUs................................................................................46

Figure 7: Pilot back view............................................................................................................48

Figure 8: Pilot front view............................................................................................................49

Figure 9: Exploded view of Pilot replaceable components........................................................50

Figure 10: Component numbering in Oracle FS Systems.........................................................61

Figure 11: Maximum tilt angles for stationary Oracle FS System racks....................................64

Figure 12: Rack door removal...................................................................................................65

Figure 13: Examples of supported rack holes...........................................................................68

Figure 14: Controller rack mount location..................................................................................70

Figure 15: Left rail secured to the front of the rack....................................................................71

Figure 16: Left rail adjusted at the back of the rack ..................................................................72

Figure 17: Slide rail assembly unlocked....................................................................................73

Figure 18: Mounting bracket release button .............................................................................73

Figure 19: Slide rail middle section unlocked............................................................................74

Figure 20: Mounting bracket attached to the chassis................................................................74

Figure 21: Slide rail mounted on the rack post..........................................................................75

Figure 22: Slide rail spacing tool ..............................................................................................76

Figure 23: Controller chassis mounted on the slide rails ..........................................................77

Figure 24: CMA rail extension inserted into the back of the left slide rail .................................78

Figure 25: Inner CMA connector mounted................................................................................79

Figure 26: Outer CMA connector attached................................................................................79

19

Figure 27: Left side of the slide rail mounted.............................................................................80

Figure 28: Controller slide rails unlocked..................................................................................82

Figure 29: Mounting bracket release button..............................................................................82

Figure 30: Slide rail release button............................................................................................83

Figure 31: Examples of supported rack holes...........................................................................84

Figure 32: Rails for the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure....................................................................85

Figure 33: Rails for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure....................................................................86

Figure 34: 10mm wrench and adaptor pins ..............................................................................89

Figure 35: Rack flange, rail flange, and rail label (front)............................................................90

Figure 36: Back-mounting screw...............................................................................................91

Figure 37: Front of the rack and rail-location pegs....................................................................92

Figure 38: A Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw and the front of a rack...............................93

Figure 39: Extended rail to the back of the rack........................................................................93

Figure 40: A Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw and the back of a rack..............................94

Figure 41: Cage nut installed in a square-hole rack..................................................................95

Figure 42: Rail-location pegs from inside of the rail flange and the clip nut..............................95

Figure 43: Rail-location pegs and a square-hole rack...............................................................96

Figure 44: Rail extended to holes in the back of the rack..........................................................97

Figure 45: The locking screws and side of the rail....................................................................97

Figure 46: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (right).....................98

Figure 47: Left rail channel........................................................................................................98

Figure 48: Back of the Drive Enclosure and Rail secured.......................................................100

Figure 49: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw...............................101

Figure 50: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (right)...................102

Figure 51: The rail ledge for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure....................................................102

Figure 52: Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock................................................103

Figure 53: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw...............................103

Figure 54: Pilot rail kit parts.....................................................................................................105

List of Figures

20

Figure 55: Rack-mount installation card template...................................................................105

Figure 56: Slide rails oriented with the ball bearing track........................................................106

Figure 57: Slide rail assembly aligned with the rack................................................................107

Figure 58: Mounting bracket aligned with the Pilot chassis.....................................................108

Figure 59: CMA slide rail connector inserted into the back of the right slide rail.....................109

Figure 60: CMA slide rail connector inserted into the back of the left slide rail.......................110

Figure 61: Pilot with mounting brackets inserted into the slide rails........................................111

Figure 62: Pilot inserted into the rack......................................................................................112

Figure 63: Oracle FS System Controller..................................................................................114

Figure 64: Controller air filter...................................................................................................115

Figure 65: Air filter release tabs...............................................................................................115

Figure 66: Remove air filter.....................................................................................................116

Figure 67: Insert air filter..........................................................................................................116

Figure 68: Fan module ...........................................................................................................117

Figure 69: Fan module location...............................................................................................118

Figure 70: Remove power supply cords .................................................................................120

Figure 71: Slide the Controller to service position...................................................................121

Figure 72: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover.....................................................122

Figure 73: Remove fan module ..............................................................................................123

Figure 74: Insert fan module ...................................................................................................124

Figure 75: Close Controller top cover......................................................................................125

Figure 76: Power supply location............................................................................................126

Figure 77: Disconnect the power cord ....................................................................................129

Figure 78: Controller power supply latch.................................................................................129

Figure 79: Remove power supply............................................................................................130

Figure 80: Insert power supply ...............................................................................................131

Figure 81: ESM .......................................................................................................................132

Figure 82: Air filter release tabs...............................................................................................134

List of Figures

21

Figure 83: Remove air filter.....................................................................................................135

Figure 84: Open ESM latch.....................................................................................................135

Figure 85: Remove ESM ........................................................................................................136

Figure 86: Insert ESM..............................................................................................................137

Figure 87: Secure ESM into drive slot.....................................................................................137

Figure 88: Insert air filter..........................................................................................................138

Figure 89: Riser locations .......................................................................................................139

Figure 90: Remove power supply cords .................................................................................141

Figure 91: Slide the Controller to service position...................................................................142

Figure 92: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover.....................................................143

Figure 93: Captive screws to secure the risers.......................................................................144

Figure 94: Unlock Riser 3 latch ..............................................................................................145

Figure 95: Remove riser..........................................................................................................145

Figure 96: Insert riser..............................................................................................................146

Figure 97: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard..............................................147

Figure 98: Riser 3 latch locked................................................................................................147

Figure 99: Close Controller top cover......................................................................................148

Figure 100: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................152

Figure 101: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................153

Figure 102: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................154

Figure 103: Captive screws to secure the risers.....................................................................155

Figure 104: Unlock Riser 3 latch ............................................................................................156

Figure 105: Remove riser........................................................................................................156

Figure 106: Unlock riser retainer latch to release HBA...........................................................157

Figure 107: Remove HBA from riser slots...............................................................................158

Figure 108: Insert HBA into riser slot.......................................................................................159

Figure 109: HBA retainer latch................................................................................................159

Figure 110: Insert riser............................................................................................................160

List of Figures

22

Figure 111: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard............................................161

Figure 112: Riser 3 latch locked..............................................................................................161

Figure 113: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................162

Figure 114: DIMM memory module.........................................................................................164

Figure 115: DIMMs in DIMM slots...........................................................................................165

Figure 116: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................167

Figure 117: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................168

Figure 118: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................169

Figure 119: Air filter release tabs.............................................................................................169

Figure 120: Remove air filter...................................................................................................170

Figure 121: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................171

Figure 122: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................172

Figure 123: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................172

Figure 124: Remove air duct...................................................................................................173

Figure 125: Air duct.................................................................................................................174

Figure 126: Remove DIMMs ...................................................................................................174

Figure 127: Insert Controller DIMM.........................................................................................175

Figure 128: DIMM alignment over DIMM slots........................................................................176

Figure 129: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................177

Figure 130: Insert air filter........................................................................................................178

Figure 131: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................179

Figure 132: NV-DIMM .............................................................................................................181

Figure 133: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................183

Figure 134: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................184

Figure 135: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................185

Figure 136: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................185

Figure 137: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................186

Figure 138: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................187

List of Figures

23

Figure 139: Remove air duct...................................................................................................188

Figure 140: Air duct.................................................................................................................188

Figure 141: Remove an NV-DIMM..........................................................................................189

Figure 142: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................191

Figure 143: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................192

Figure 144: ESM backplane ...................................................................................................193

Figure 145: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................195

Figure 146: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................196

Figure 147: Air filter release tabs.............................................................................................197

Figure 148: Remove air filter...................................................................................................198

Figure 149: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................198

Figure 150: Open ESM latch...................................................................................................199

Figure 151: Remove ESM ......................................................................................................200

Figure 152: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................200

Figure 153: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................201

Figure 154: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................202

Figure 155: Unscrew the backplane boards ...........................................................................203

Figure 156: Remove the backplane boards.............................................................................204

Figure 157: Backplane boards.................................................................................................205

Figure 158: Backplane boards secured...................................................................................206

Figure 159: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................207

Figure 160: Insert ESM............................................................................................................208

Figure 161: Secure ESM into drive slot...................................................................................208

Figure 162: Insert air filter........................................................................................................209

Figure 163: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................210

Figure 164: Heat sink .............................................................................................................211

Figure 165: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................213

Figure 166: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................214

List of Figures

24

Figure 167: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................215

Figure 168: Remove air duct...................................................................................................216

Figure 169: Air duct.................................................................................................................216

Figure 170: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................217

Figure 171: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................218

Figure 172: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................219

Figure 173: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................219

Figure 174: Insert heat sink ....................................................................................................221

Figure 175: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................222

Figure 176: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................223

Figure 177: CPU location........................................................................................................225

Figure 178: CPU .....................................................................................................................225

Figure 179: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................227

Figure 180: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................228

Figure 181: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................229

Figure 182: Remove air duct...................................................................................................230

Figure 183: Air duct.................................................................................................................230

Figure 184: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................231

Figure 185: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................232

Figure 186: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................233

Figure 187: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................233

Figure 188: Disengage CPU release lever .............................................................................234

Figure 189: Disengage CPU socket release lever ..................................................................235

Figure 190: Close CPU pressure frame..................................................................................236

Figure 191: Insert heat sink ....................................................................................................237

Figure 192: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................237

Figure 193: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................238

Figure 194: Controller Identification Display (CUID) ...............................................................240

List of Figures

25

Figure 195: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................242

Figure 196: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................243

Figure 197: Air filter release tabs.............................................................................................243

Figure 198: Remove air filter...................................................................................................244

Figure 199: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................244

Figure 200: Disconnect the CUID cable .................................................................................245

Figure 201: Disengage the CUID circuit board .......................................................................246

Figure 202: Remove the white flexi-cable ..............................................................................247

Figure 203: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................248

Figure 204: Insert air filter........................................................................................................249

Figure 205: LED board............................................................................................................250

Figure 206: LED assembly front display..................................................................................251

Figure 207: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................253

Figure 208: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................254

Figure 209: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................255

Figure 210: Air filter release tabs.............................................................................................256

Figure 211: Remove air filter...................................................................................................257

Figure 212: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................257

Figure 213: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................258

Figure 214: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................259

Figure 215: Remove air duct...................................................................................................260

Figure 216: Air duct.................................................................................................................260

Figure 217: Disconnect the LED alarm assembly cable .........................................................261

Figure 218: Screws to secure the LED alarm assembly..........................................................261

Figure 219: Remove the LED alarm assembly .......................................................................262

Figure 220: Detach LED board from the LED alarm assembly...............................................263

Figure 221: Detach LED board from the LED alarm assembly...............................................264

Figure 222: LED alarm assembly positioned over Controller chassis.....................................265

List of Figures

26

Figure 223: Screws to secure the LED alarm assembly..........................................................265

Figure 224: Reconnect LED alarm assembly cable ...............................................................266

Figure 225: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................267

Figure 226: Insert air filter........................................................................................................268

Figure 227: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................269

Figure 228: Controller motherboard .......................................................................................272

Figure 229: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................274

Figure 230: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................275

Figure 231: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................277

Figure 232: Air filter release tabs.............................................................................................277

Figure 233: Remove air filter...................................................................................................278

Figure 234: Remove fan module ............................................................................................279

Figure 235: Remove fan compartment ...................................................................................280

Figure 236: Remove air duct...................................................................................................281

Figure 237: Air duct.................................................................................................................281

Figure 238: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................282

Figure 239: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................283

Figure 240: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................283

Figure 241: Captive screws to secure the risers.....................................................................285

Figure 242: Unlock Riser 3 latch ............................................................................................285

Figure 243: Remove riser........................................................................................................286

Figure 244: Remove PDB cover .............................................................................................287

Figure 245: Disconnect PDB flat cable ...................................................................................287

Figure 246: Phillips screwdriver to remove PDB screws.........................................................288

Figure 247: Handles to lift up the motherboard ......................................................................289

Figure 248: Remove the motherboard ....................................................................................289

Figure 249: Remove DIMMs ...................................................................................................290

Figure 250: Remove an NV-DIMM..........................................................................................291

List of Figures

27

Figure 251: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................292

Figure 252: Disengage CPU release lever .............................................................................293

Figure 253: Disengage CPU socket release lever ..................................................................293

Figure 254: Controller motherboard cables.............................................................................295

Figure 255: Location of the motherboard cables.....................................................................295

Figure 256: Reconnect PDB PSU duct....................................................................................296

Figure 257: Install PDB cover..................................................................................................297

Figure 258: Secure PDB cover with captive screw..................................................................297

Figure 259: Insert Controller DIMM.........................................................................................299

Figure 260: DIMM alignment over DIMM slots........................................................................299

Figure 261: Close CPU pressure frame..................................................................................300

Figure 262: Insert heat sink ....................................................................................................301

Figure 263: Insert riser............................................................................................................301

Figure 264: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard............................................302

Figure 265: Riser 3 latch locked..............................................................................................303

Figure 266: Secure the motherboard.......................................................................................304

Figure 267: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................305

Figure 268: Insert the fan compartment .................................................................................306

Figure 269: Insert fan module .................................................................................................307

Figure 270: Insert air filter........................................................................................................308

Figure 271: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................309

Figure 272: Controller motherboard cables.............................................................................314

Figure 273: Location of the motherboard cables.....................................................................315

Figure 274: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................317

Figure 275: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................318

Figure 276: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................320

Figure 277: Remove fan module ............................................................................................321

Figure 278: Remove fan compartment ...................................................................................322

List of Figures

28

Figure 279: Insert the fan compartment .................................................................................323

Figure 280: Insert fan module .................................................................................................324

Figure 281: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................325

Figure 282: Power Distribution Board (PDB)...........................................................................328

Figure 283: Remove power supply cords ...............................................................................330

Figure 284: Slide the Controller to service position.................................................................331

Figure 285: Controller power supply latch...............................................................................333

Figure 286: Remove power supply..........................................................................................333

Figure 287: Air filter release tabs.............................................................................................334

Figure 288: Remove air filter...................................................................................................335

Figure 289: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover...................................................335

Figure 290: Remove fan module ............................................................................................336

Figure 291: Remove fan compartment ...................................................................................337

Figure 292: Cables connected to the backplane.....................................................................338

Figure 293: Disengaging the backplane..................................................................................339

Figure 294: Drive compartment raised....................................................................................339

Figure 295: Remove air duct...................................................................................................340

Figure 296: Air duct.................................................................................................................341

Figure 297: Captive screws to secure the risers.....................................................................342

Figure 298: Unlock Riser 3 latch ............................................................................................342

Figure 299: Remove riser........................................................................................................343

Figure 300: Remove PDB cover .............................................................................................344

Figure 301: Disconnect PDB flat cable ...................................................................................344

Figure 302: Remove PDB circuit board...................................................................................345

Figure 303: Remove PDB assembly ......................................................................................346

Figure 304: PDB alignment.....................................................................................................347

Figure 305: Insert PDB............................................................................................................348

Figure 306: Insert riser............................................................................................................349

List of Figures

29

Figure 307: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard............................................350

Figure 308: Riser 3 latch locked..............................................................................................350

Figure 309: Reconnect cables to the backplane.....................................................................352

Figure 310: Insert the fan compartment .................................................................................352

Figure 311: Insert fan module .................................................................................................353

Figure 312: Close Controller top cover....................................................................................354

Figure 313: Insert power supply .............................................................................................355

Figure 314: Insert air filter........................................................................................................355

Figure 315: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (front view)..................................................................358

Figure 316: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (front view).................................................................359

Figure 317: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (back view).................................................................360

Figure 318: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (back view).................................................................360

Figure 319: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure drives..........................................................................361

Figure 320: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure drives..........................................................................361

Figure 321: A DE2-24P Drive Enclosure drive and drive carrier latch.....................................364

Figure 322: A DE2-24C Drive Enclosure drive and drive carrier latch....................................364

Figure 323: Failed drive removed from a DE2-24C Drive Enclosure......................................365

Figure 324: Failed drive removed from a DE2-24P Drive Enclosure.......................................365

Figure 325: Extended drive carrier handles.............................................................................366

Figure 326: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure and inserted replacement drive..................................366

Figure 327: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure and inserted replacement drive..................................367

Figure 328: I/O modules on DE2-24P and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure types...........................368

Figure 329: I/O module SAS connector ports..........................................................................370

Figure 330: Remove the I/O module.......................................................................................370

Figure 331: Insert the I/O module............................................................................................371

Figure 332: I/O module SAS connector ports..........................................................................371

Figure 333: Power cooling modules (DE2-24P and DE2-24C Drive Enclosures)...................373

Figure 334: Attachment lever and latch on the power cooling module....................................375

List of Figures

30

Figure 335: Power cooling module orientation........................................................................376

Figure 336: Replacement power cooling module with a fully open attachment lever..............376

Figure 337: Replacement power cooling module (right side)..................................................377

Figure 338: Drive Enclosure power switch..............................................................................380

Figure 339: Location of the screw that secures the chassis to the rail....................................381

Figure 340: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.............................382

Figure 341: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE-24C Drive Enclosure (right)...................382

Figure 342: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (right).................383

Figure 343: Left rail channel....................................................................................................383

Figure 344: Back of the Drive Enclosure and Rail secured.....................................................384

Figure 345: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.............................385

Figure 346: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (right).................386

Figure 347: The rail ledge for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure..................................................386

Figure 348: Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock..............................................387

Figure 349: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.............................387

Figure 350: Drive Enclosure power switch..............................................................................390

Figure 351: Location of the screw that secures the chassis to the rail....................................391

Figure 352: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.............................392

Figure 353: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE-24C Drive Enclosure (right)...................392

Figure 354: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (right).................393

Figure 355: Left rail channel....................................................................................................393

Figure 356: Back of the Drive Enclosure and Rail secured.....................................................394

Figure 357: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.............................395

Figure 358: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (right).................396

Figure 359: The rail ledge for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure..................................................396

Figure 360: Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock..............................................397

Figure 361: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.............................397

Figure 362: Pilot......................................................................................................................399

List of Figures

31

Figure 363: Pilot battery..........................................................................................................400

Figure 364: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................402

Figure 365: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................403

Figure 366: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................404

Figure 367: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................404

Figure 368: Pilot battery removal.............................................................................................405

Figure 369: Battery insertion...................................................................................................405

Figure 370: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................407

Figure 371: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................408

Figure 372: SAS HBA..............................................................................................................410

Figure 373: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................412

Figure 374: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................413

Figure 375: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................414

Figure 376: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................414

Figure 377: SAS HBA insertion into the riser..........................................................................415

Figure 378: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................416

Figure 379: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................417

Figure 380: Riser locations......................................................................................................419

Figure 381: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................421

Figure 382: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................422

Figure 383: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................423

Figure 384: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................423

Figure 385: Riser board assembly removal.............................................................................424

Figure 386: Disconnect SAS cable bundle..............................................................................425

Figure 387: Pilot riser insertion................................................................................................426

Figure 388: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................427

Figure 389: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................428

Figure 390: Location of the Pilot power supplies.....................................................................429

List of Figures

32

Figure 391: Power supply removal..........................................................................................431

Figure 392: Power supply insertion.........................................................................................432

Figure 393: Fan module location ............................................................................................433

Figure 394: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................435

Figure 395: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................436

Figure 396: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................437

Figure 397: Pilot fan module removal......................................................................................437

Figure 398: Fan module insertion............................................................................................438

Figure 399: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................439

Figure 400: Location of the DIMMs on the Pilot motherboard.................................................441

Figure 401: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................443

Figure 402: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................444

Figure 403: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................445

Figure 404: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................445

Figure 405: Pilot DIMM removal..............................................................................................446

Figure 406: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................447

Figure 407: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................448

Figure 408: CMA release tabs.................................................................................................453

Figure 409: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................454

Figure 410: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................455

Figure 411: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................456

Figure 412: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................457

Figure 413: Power supply removal..........................................................................................458

Figure 414: Pilot fan module removal......................................................................................459

Figure 415: Pilot DIMM removal..............................................................................................460

Figure 416: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................461

Figure 417: CPU socket disengaged.......................................................................................461

Figure 418: CPU removal........................................................................................................462

List of Figures

33

Figure 419: Pilot battery removal.............................................................................................462

Figure 420: Riser board assembly removal.............................................................................463

Figure 421: Disconnect SAS cable bundle..............................................................................464

Figure 422: SAS HDD removal................................................................................................465

Figure 423: Disk backplane cables disconnected...................................................................466

Figure 424: Captive thumb screws to remove disk backplane................................................467

Figure 425: Pilot disk backplane removal................................................................................467

Figure 426: Pilot disk backplane positioned over standoffs.....................................................468

Figure 427: Captive thumb screws to secure disk backplane.................................................469

Figure 428: Disk backplane cables connected........................................................................469

Figure 429: SAS HDD insertion...............................................................................................470

Figure 430: SAS HBA insertion into the riser..........................................................................471

Figure 431: Pilot riser insertion................................................................................................472

Figure 432: Battery insertion...................................................................................................473

Figure 433: CPU insertion.......................................................................................................473

Figure 434: Heat sink insertion................................................................................................474

Figure 435: Fan module insertion............................................................................................476

Figure 436: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................477

Figure 437: Lift Pilot chassis onto rack....................................................................................478

Figure 438: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................479

Figure 439: SAS HDD location ...............................................................................................481

Figure 440: SAS HDD removal................................................................................................483

Figure 441: SAS HDD insertion...............................................................................................484

Figure 442: Disk backplane location........................................................................................487

Figure 443: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................489

Figure 444: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................490

Figure 445: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................491

Figure 446: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................491

List of Figures

34

Figure 447: Pilot fan module removal......................................................................................492

Figure 448: Disk backplane cables disconnected...................................................................493

Figure 449: Captive thumb screws to remove disk backplane................................................494

Figure 450: Pilot disk backplane removal................................................................................494

Figure 451: Pilot disk backplane positioned over standoffs.....................................................495

Figure 452: Captive thumb screws to secure disk backplane.................................................495

Figure 453: Disk backplane cables connected........................................................................496

Figure 454: Fan module insertion............................................................................................497

Figure 455: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................498

Figure 456: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................499

Figure 457: Heat sink location.................................................................................................501

Figure 458: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................503

Figure 459: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................504

Figure 460: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................505

Figure 461: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................505

Figure 462: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................506

Figure 463: Heat sink insertion................................................................................................507

Figure 464: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................508

Figure 465: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................509

Figure 466: CPU location on the Pilot motherboard................................................................511

Figure 467: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................513

Figure 468: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................514

Figure 469: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................515

Figure 470: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................515

Figure 471: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................516

Figure 472: CPU socket disengaged.......................................................................................517

Figure 473: CPU removal........................................................................................................517

Figure 474: CPU insertion.......................................................................................................518

List of Figures

35

Figure 475: Heat sink insertion................................................................................................518

Figure 476: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................520

Figure 477: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................521

Figure 478: Pilot motherboard.................................................................................................523

Figure 479: CMA release tabs.................................................................................................526

Figure 480: Pilot slide lockout release tabs.............................................................................527

Figure 481: Pilot position during component replacement......................................................528

Figure 482: Pilot with fan door open........................................................................................529

Figure 483: Pilot top cover removal.........................................................................................530

Figure 484: Power supply removal..........................................................................................531

Figure 485: Pilot fan module removal......................................................................................532

Figure 486: Pilot DIMM removal..............................................................................................533

Figure 487: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink..............................................................534

Figure 488: CPU socket disengaged.......................................................................................534

Figure 489: CPU removal........................................................................................................535

Figure 490: Riser board assembly removal.............................................................................536

Figure 491: Disconnect SAS cable bundle..............................................................................537

Figure 492: Motherboard removal...........................................................................................538

Figure 493: Pilot motherboard insertion..................................................................................539

Figure 494: Pilot riser insertion................................................................................................540

Figure 495: CPU insertion.......................................................................................................541

Figure 496: Heat sink insertion................................................................................................542

Figure 497: Fan module insertion............................................................................................543

Figure 498: Power supply insertion.........................................................................................544

Figure 499: Pilot top cover installed........................................................................................545

Figure 500: Location of the Pilot release tabs.........................................................................546

Figure 501: LED alarm assembly front display........................................................................552

Figure 502: Controller back LEDs...........................................................................................554

List of Figures

36

Figure 503: Controller drive LEDs...........................................................................................559

Figure 504: Operator panel LEDs (DE2-24P Drive Enclosure)...............................................561

Figure 505: Operator panel LEDs (DE2-24C Drive Enclosure)...............................................561

Figure 506: Power cooling module LEDs................................................................................562

Figure 507: I/O module LEDs..................................................................................................564

Figure 508: Drive LEDs (DE2-24P Drive Enclosure)...............................................................565

Figure 509: Drive LEDs (DE2-24C Drive Enclosure)...............................................................565

Figure 510: LEDs at the front of the Pilot................................................................................566

Figure 511: LEDs at the back of the Pilot................................................................................567

List of Figures

37

Related Documentation• Oracle Flash Storage System Glossary

• Oracle FS1-2 Flash Storage System Installation Guide (Racked)

• Oracle FS1-2 Flash Storage System Installation Guide (Not-Racked)

• Oracle Flash Storage System Administrator’s Guide

• Oracle Flash Storage System CLI Reference

• Oracle FS1-2 Flash Storage System Release Notes

38

Oracle ResourcesTable 1: Oracle resourcesFor help with... Contact...Support http://www.oracle.com/support

(www.oracle.com/support)

Training https://education.oracle.com(https://education.oracle.com)

Documentation • Oracle Technology Network Documentation:(http://docs.oracle.com)

• From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI):Help > Documentation

• From Oracle FS System HTTP access:(http://system-name-ip/documentation.phpwhere system-name-ip is the name or the publicIP address of your system)

Documentationfeedback

http://www.oracle.com/goto/docfeedback(http://www.oracle.com/goto/docfeedback)

Contact Oracle http://www.oracle.com/us/corporate/contact/index.html(http://www.oracle.com/us/corporate/contact/index.html)

39

CHAPTER 1

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System ServiceProcedures

Oracle FS System Service ProceduresController Components

When replacing a component, you must know its part number and whether it ishot serviceable. Having that information helps you to order the correctreplacement component and to determine whether you can replace thecomponent yourself. To locate part numbers, open Oracle System Handbook(https://support.oracle.com/handbook_private/index.html). The part numbers arelisted in the Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System components list.

The Controller is a two rack-unit (2U) server and consists of several replaceablecomponents. Many Controller components are customer replaceable (CRUs),while others are field replaceable units (FRUs) that require Oracle CustomerSupport to perform the replacement. Also, some components are hot-serviceable,meaning that they can be replaced, while the Controller is powered on. Some ofthe Controller component replacement procedures require the Controller to bepowered off and/or removed from the rack. The following table provides asummary of the Controller FRUs and CRUs.

Table 2: Controller components and descriptionsController component Type Hot

serviceable4 GB NVDIMM FRU No

16 GB DIMM module CRU No

Air filter CRU Yes

Central processing unit (CPU) FRU No

Disk backplane FRU No

Energy storage module (ESM) CRU No

Fan module CRU No

Controller identification display (CUID) FRU No

HBA [Sun Storage: 16 Gb/s Fibre Channel (FC) PCI-e] CRU No

HBA [Sun Storage: 16 Gb/s FC optics] CRU No

40

Table 2: Controller components and descriptions (continued)Controller component Type Hot

serviceableHBA [Sun Storage: 10 Gb/s FCoE optics][iSCSI] CRU No

HBA [dual-port 10 GbE PCIe 2.0 Copper and Fiber SFP+] CRU No

HBA [8 Gb/s Dual-Port FC PCI-e] CRU No

Heat sink FRU No

LED alarm board assembly FRU No

Motherboard cable kit FRU No

Power distribution board (PDB) FRU No

Power supply CRU Yes

Rail kit assembly CRU No

Riser board assembly CRU No

SAS HBA (PCIe-3, 6 Gb/s, 4x4 port) CRU No

Some FRUs and CRUs can be accessed from the front or back of the Controller.For replacing other FRUs and CRUs, you must open the top cover of theController. The following figure shows the components located at the back of theController.

Figure 1: Controller back view

Legend 1 Power supplies 6 Network port to oppositeController

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

41

2 HBA slots 7 Network port to Pilot PMI

3 Server management port 8 Network port to oppositeController PMI

4 Network management port 9 Ports for NAS host connection

5 Serial link port to oppositeController

The following figure shows the front of the Controller with the air filter.

Figure 2: Controller front view with the air filter

Legend 1 LED alarm board assembly 3 Controller identification display

2 Air filter 4 Controller RFID tag

The following figure shows the front of the Controller without the air filter.

Figure 3: Controller front view without the air filter

Legend 1 ESM modules (0,1,2,3)

2 Filler panels

3 Controller Unit Identification Display (CUID)

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

42

The following figure shows all the replaceable components of the Controller.

Figure 4: Exploded view of Controller replaceable components

Legend 1 Top cover (with service label) 9 DIMMs 17 Riser

2 LED assembly 10 Fan compartment 18 Battery

3 Fan modules 11 PDB Risers 19 NV-DIMM

4 CUID 12 ESM backplane boards 20 Heat sink

5 Energy storage modules(ESMs)

13 Power supply 21 CPU

6 Air filter 14 PDB Duct 22 PDB cover

7 Motherboard cable kit 15 Air duct

8 Filler panels for DIMM slots 16 HBA

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

43

Related LinksReplace Controller Air FilterReplace a Controller DIMMReplace a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM)Replace a Controller Fan ModuleReplace a Controller HBAReplace a Controller HDDReplace a Controller NV-DIMMReplace a Controller Power SupplyReplace a Controller RiserReplace a Controller Power Distribution BoardReplace Controller Motherboard CablesReplace a Controller MotherboardReplace a Controller LED Alarm AssemblyReplace a Controller Identification DisplayReplace a Controller Heat SinkReplace a Controller ESM BackplaneReplace a Controller CPU

Drive Enclosure ComponentsWhen replacing a component, you must know its part number and whether it ishot serviceable. Having that information helps you to order the correctreplacement component and to determine whether you can replace thecomponent yourself. To locate part numbers, open Oracle System Handbook(https://support.oracle.com/handbook_private/index.html). The part numbers arelisted in the Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System components list.

The Drive Enclosure chassis is a field replaceable unit (FRU). The remainingcomponents of both Drive Enclosure types are customer replaceable units (CRU).Drive Enclosure CRUs are hot serviceable.

WARNING: Do not power‑cycle a Drive Enclosure. Power‑cycling a DriveEnclosure impacts the primary and secondary data paths in the Drive Enclosureand puts user data at risk.

The following figure shows the CRUs in the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

44

Figure 5: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure CRUs

Legend 1 Drives 4 I/O module 0

2 Power cooling module 0 5 I/O module 1

3 Power cooling module 1

The following figure shows the CRUs in the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

45

Figure 6: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure CRUs

Legend 1 Drives 4 I/O module 0

2 Power cooling module 1 5 I/O module 1

3 Power cooling module 2

The following table provides a summary of the Drive Enclosure components.

Table 3: Drive Enclosure component descriptionsDrive Enclosure component Component Type Hot serviceable

Chassis for the DE2-24P DriveEnclosure

FRU No

Chassis for the DE2-24C DriveEnclosure

FRU No

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

46

Table 3: Drive Enclosure component descriptions (continued)Drive Enclosure component Component Type Hot serviceable

Two I/O modules (EBOD modules) CRU Yes

Two power cooling modules CRU Yes

Drive Enclosure drives are customer replaceable and hot serviceable. TheOracle FS System release 6.1 supports the following drives:

Note: The list of supported drives can change. Refer to the release notes for yourrelease of the Oracle FS System for the corresponding list of supported drives.

Table 4: Release 6.1 supported drives

Drives and configurations Drive Enclosure type

• 2.5-inch (6.35-cm) SAS-2 small formfactor (SFF) HDDs, 300 GB

• 24 drives in a DE2-24P DriveEnclosure

DE2-24P Drive Enclosure

• 2.5-inch (6.35-cm) SAS-2 SFF HDDs,900 GB

• 24 drives in a DE2-24P DriveEnclosure

DE2-24P Drive Enclosure

• SSDs, 400 GB• Seven or 13 drives in a DE2-24P

Drive Enclosure

DE2-24P Drive Enclosure

• SSDs, 1.6 TB• Seven, 13, or 19 drives in a DE2-24P

Drive Enclosure

DE2-24P Drive Enclosure

• 3.5-inch (8.89-cm) SAS-2 large formfactor (LFF) HDDs, 4 TB

• 24 drives in a DE2-24C DriveEnclosure

DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

Related LinksGuided Maintenance OverviewAccess Guided MaintenanceReplace an I/O ModuleReplace a Drive Enclosure DriveReplace a Power Cooling Module

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

47

Pilot ComponentsWhen replacing a component, you must know its part number and whether it ishot serviceable. Having that information helps you to order the correctreplacement component and to determine whether you can replace thecomponent yourself. To locate a part number for the Pilot, open Oracle SystemHandbook (https://support.oracle.com/handbook_private/index.html) and go tothe Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System components list. Part numbers are listed inthe components list.

The Pilot is a one rack-unit (1U) server and consists of several replaceablecomponents. Many Pilot components are customer replaceable (CRUs), whileothers are field replaceable units (FRUs) that require Oracle Customer Support toperform the replacement. Also, some components are hot-serviceable, meaningthat they can be replaced, while the Pilot is powered on. The following tableprovides a summary of the Pilot FRUs and CRUs.

Table 5: Pilot components and descriptionsPilot component Type Hot-serviceableBattery CRU No

Disk backplane FRU No

8 GB DIMM module CRU No

Cable kit FRU No

CPU FRU No

300 GB SAS HDD FRU No

Fan module CRU No

Note: GM support isrequired to ensurethat failover hasoccurred.

SAS HBA [6 Gb/s] CRU No

Heat sink FRU No

Power supply CRU Yes

The following figure shows the components located at the back of the Pilot.

Figure 7: Pilot back view

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

48

Legend 1 Power supplies 7 Ethernet port (ETH-0) labeled asNET-3

2 PCIe card slot 1 8 Ethernet port (ETH-1) labeled asNET-2

3 PCIe card slot 2 9 Ethernet port (ETH-2) labeled asNET-1

4 PCIe card slot 3 10 Ethernet port (ETH-3) labeledas NET-0

5 ILOM SP network management port(also labeled as NET MGT port)

11 USB connectors

6 Serial management port (also labeledas SRMGT port)

12 Video connector

The following figure shows the components located at the front of the Pilot.

Figure 8: Pilot front view

Legend 1 Product serial number RFID tag 3 Front indicator module (FIM)

2 Power button 4 Pilot boot drive

The following figure shows an exploded view of the Pilot.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

49

Figure 9: Exploded view of Pilot replaceable components

Legend 1 CPU 7 Battery

2 Motherboard 8 DIMMs

3 Fan modules 9 Heat sinks

4 Fan modules 10 Power supplies

5 HBA 11 Disk backplane boards

6 Risers

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

50

Related LinksReplace a BatteryReplace a ChassisReplace a DIMMReplace a Fan ModuleReplace a Power SupplyReplace a SAS HBAReplace a SAS HDDReplace a CPUReplace a Disk BackplaneReplace a Heat SinkReplace a Motherboard

Warnings and CautionsHazard signal words conform to the American National Standards Institute(ANSI) Z535.4-2002 meanings.

CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, mayresult in minor or moderate injury.

DANGER: Indicates an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided, willresult in death or serious injury.

Tip: To indicate best practices for a process.

Important: To emphasize a point, to remind you of something, or to indicatepotential problems in the outcome of the in-process task.

Electrostatic Discharge PrecautionsCAUTION: Before you handle a component, make sure that you have takenelectrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions:

• The minimum requirement is an anti-static wrist strap connected to a hardground. Remove components from their packaging and place them on anESD-qualified table that is equipped with ground points for wrist straps.

• Static charges can build up rapidly on rolling carts. If you transport ahardware component by cart, ground the cart with a drag chain on an ESDfloor. If there is no ESD cart available or ESD floor, ground yourself beforeyou touch a component that has been transported on a cart.

Required ToolsBefore starting the installation of a Oracle Flash Storage System, be sure you havethe needed equipment and tools available.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

51

Table 6: Required toolsTool Purpose Illustration#1 and #2 Phillips-headscrewdrivers

Remove and secure OracleFlash Storage Systemhardware components.

Offset box wrench, 13/32inches (10 millimeters)

Work with adjustablemounting rail assemblies.

Torx® T20 screwdriver Attach rail assemblies to thevertical channels and securehardware components to therails.

Torx® T30 screwdriver Connect two racks.

Wire cutters Cut tie wraps.

Note: These tools are not included with the Oracle Flash Storage System.

Guided MaintenanceGuided Maintenance Overview

As a feature of Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), Guided Maintenance presentsyou with a sequence of dialogs that guides you through the process of replacingfield replaceable units (FRUs) and customer replaceable units (CRUs). Promptreplacement of failed FRUs and CRUs helps maintain system reliability.

Guided Maintenance supports the identification and replacement of FRUs andCRUs for Controllers and Drive Enclosures. Guided Maintenance performs thefollowing functions to help you replace FRUs and CRUs:

• Determines the status of the hardware based on events and diagnostics toaccurately reflect the sate of the system.

• Identifies the affected Controller or Drive Enclosure. During the identifyprocess, Guided Maintenance issues a command to light the LEDs on theaffected chassis.

If you are replacing a component on a Drive Enclosure, the following LEDsflash:

Drive Flashes the Locate LED on the Drive Enclosure chassisand the Fault LED on the selected drive.

Power coolingmodule

Flashes the Locate LED on the Drive Enclosure chassisand the Fan Fail LED on the selected power coolingmodule.

I/O module Flashes the Locate LED on the Drive Enclosure chassisand the Fault/Locate LED on the selected I/O module.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

52

If you are replacing a component on the Controller, the following LEDsflash:

Energy StorageModule (ESM)

Flashes the Locate LED on the front of theController chassis, the Status LED on the back ofthe Controller chassis, and the Ready to RemoveLED on the ESM.

All of the remainingControllercomponents

Flashes the Locate LED on the Controller chassisand the Status LED on the back of the Controllerchassis.

During reverse identify, Guided Maintenance issues a command to lightthe LEDs on all of the chassis except for the affected chassis.

• Prepares the Oracle FS System for component replacement. Duringcomponent preparation, Guided Maintenance issues commands to redirectactivity from a failed component to a redundant component. For FRUs orCRUs that require you to power down a chassis, Guided Maintenanceshuts down the software running on the affected chassis.

• Displays replacement procedures for the failed FRU or CRU. For hot-serviceable FRUs and CRUs, Guided Maintenance presents a sequence ofdialogs with the replacement steps. For FRUs or CRUs that require you topower down a chassis, Guided Maintenance provides a link to HTMLpages containing the replacement steps.

Note: Only administrator accounts set up with support role privileges can accessGuided Maintenance to replace FRUs.

Providing accurate system status and replacing FRUs and CRUs are complexoperations that involve many lower level components within the system. TheOracle FS System is designed to be maintained without requiring support fromthe Oracle Customer Support.

Each FRU and CRU has its own diagnostics, which are called by the Pilot toverify that a FRU or CRU is accessible and functioning properly. The diagnosticsare primarily used to verify FRUs and CRUs that have been added or replaced.The system also tracks parts that have failed and have been removed to preventre-insertion of failed components. Diagnostics run automatically when youreplace a FRU or CRU.

Related LinksAccess Guided MaintenanceReplace an I/O ModuleReplace a Drive Enclosure DriveReplace a Power Cooling ModuleDrive Enclosure ComponentsGuided Maintenance Replaceable Components

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

53

Guided Maintenance Replaceable ComponentsDepending upon the type of component being replaced, Guided Maintenanceprovides different interfaces to help guide you through the replacement process.

Controller and Drive Enclosure Replaceable ComponentsFor hot-serviceable Controller and Drive Enclosure components, GuidedMaintenance presents a sequence of dialogs with the component replacementinstructions. Follow the instructions in Guided Maintenance to replace thefollowing hot-serviceable Controller and Drive Enclosure components:

Table 7: Hot-serviceable components

Controller components Drive Enclosure components

Power supply • Drives• I/O modules• Power cooling modules

For components that require you to initiate failover and power down aController, Guided Maintenance provides a link to HTML pages containing thereplacement instructions. Follow the instructions in the HTML pages to replacethe following components:

• Controller Identification Display

• CPU

• DIMMs

• Energy storage module (ESM)

• ESM backplane

• Fan modules

• HBAs

• Heat sink

• LED Alarm assembly

• Motherboard assembly

• Motherboard cables

• NVDIMMs

• Power distribution board

• Riser

Pilot ComponentsReplacing Pilot components requires assistance from Oracle Customer Support.Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component for you. You then use

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

54

Guided Maintenance to prepare the Pilots for component replacement. GuidedMaintenance provides a link to Pilot Repair Procedures. Follow the instructions inPilot Repair Procedures to replace the following Pilot components:

Table 8: Pilot replaceable components

Hot serviceable Pilot components Pilot components that require powering down thePilot

Power supply • Battery• CPU• DIMMs• Fan module• Heat sink• Motherboard• Pilot chassis• Pilot disk backplane• Riser• SAS HDD

Related LinksGuided Maintenance OverviewAccess Guided MaintenanceReplace an I/O ModuleReplace a Drive Enclosure DriveReplace a Power Cooling Module

Access Guided MaintenanceUse Oracle FS System Manager (GUI) to access Guided Maintenance.

Prerequisites: If you plan to replace a Controller field replaceable unit (FRU),you must sign into the GUI with an administrator account set upwith Support role privileges.

Related LinksGuided Maintenance OverviewDrive Enclosure ComponentsGuided Maintenance Replaceable Components

Access to Replace a Controller Component (1)For the following Controller components, access Guided Maintenance throughSystem > Hardware.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

55

• CPUs

• DIMMs

• Energy Storage Modules (ESMs)

• Fan modules

• Motherboard

• NVDIMMs

• Power supplies

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware.

2 Select Controllers.The GUI displays the Controllers Overview page. The ControllersOverview pages displays the status of the Controller components.

3 Select the Controller containing the component that is to be replaced.

4 Select Actions > View.The View Controller dialog displays the list of replaceable Controllercomponents in the Replaceable Unit list.

5 From the Replaceable Unit list, select the component that you want toreplace and click Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the Introduction page and guides youthrough the steps to replace the Controller component.

Access to Replace a Controller Component (2)For the following Controller components, access Guided Maintenance throughSupport > System Trouble.

• Customer identification display

• ESM backplane

• Heat sink

• LED alarm assembly

• Motherboard cables

• Power distribution board

• PCIe Riser

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.

3 Select Actions > Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

56

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.Guided Maintenance displays the Introduction page and guides youthrough the steps to replace the Controller component.

Access to Replace a Drive Enclosure Component1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware.

2 Select Drive Enclosures.The GUI displays the Drive Enclosures Overview page. The DriveEnclosures Overview page displays the status of the Drive Enclosurecomponents.

3 Select the Drive Enclosure containing the component that you want toreplace.

4 Select Actions > View.The View Drive Enclosure dialog displays the list of replaceable DriveEnclosure components in the Replaceable Unit list.

5 From the Replaceable Unit list, select the component that you want toreplace and click Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the Introduction page, and guides youthrough the steps to replace the Drive Enclosure component.

Access to Replace a Pilot Component1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware.

2 Select Pilots.The GUI displays the Pilots Overview page.

3 Select a Pilot.

4 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the Pilot Repair page and guides youthrough the steps to replace a Pilot component.

Introduction to Oracle FS1-2 System Service Procedures

57

CHAPTER 2

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail KitInstallation

Component PlacementOracle recommends the following rack unit (RU) locations for installing thecomponents in the rack:

Table 9: Default component placement in racksComponent type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 18Drive Enclosures RU 1 to RU 20 RU 1 to RU 18

Pilot-1 RU 21 RU 19

Pilot-2 RU 22 RU 20

Controller-1 RU 23, RU 24 RU 21, RU 22

Controller-2 RU 25, RU 26 RU 23, RU 24

Remaining Drive Enclosures RU 27 to RU 42 RU 25 to RU 28 (nextDE2-24C DE)

RU 29 to RU 42

If the Oracle FS System includes one Replication Engine, then follow theplacement shown in the following table:

Table 10: Component placement with one Replication EngineComponent type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 16Drive Enclosures RU 1 to RU 18 RU 1 to RU 16

Replication Engine-1 RU 19, RU 20 RU 17, RU 18

Pilot-0 RU 21 RU19

Pilot-1 RU 22 RU20

Controller-1 RU 23, RU 24 RU 21, RU22

58

Table 10: Component placement with one Replication Engine (continued)Component type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 16Controller-2 RU 25, RU 26 RU 23, RU 24

Remaining Drive Enclosures RU 27 to RU 42 RU 25 to RU 28 (nextDE2-24C DE)

RU 29 to RU 42

If the Oracle FS System includes two Replication Engines, then follow theplacement shown in the following table:

Table 11: Component placement with two Replication EnginesComponent type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 14Drive Enclosures RU 1 to RU 16 RU1 to RU14

Replication Engine-2 RU 17, RU18 RU 15, RU 16

Replication Engine-1 RU 19, RU 20 RU 17, RU18

Pilot-0 RU 21 RU 19

Pilot-1 RU 22 RU 20

Controller-1 RU 23, RU 24 RU 21, RU 22

Controller-2 RU 25, RU 26 RU 23, RU 24

Remaining Drive Enclosures RU 27 to RU 42 RU 25 to RU 28 (nextDE2-24C DE)

RU 29 to RU 42

If the Oracle FS System includes three Replication Engines, then follow theplacement shown in the following table:

Table 12: Component placement with three Replication EnginesComponent type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 12Drive Enclosures RU 1 to RU 14 RU 1 to RU 12

Replication Engine-3 RU 15, RU 16 RU 13, RU14

Replication Engine-2 RU 17, RU 18 RU 15, RU 16

Replication Engine-1 RU 19, RU 20 RU 17, RU 18

Pilot-0 RU 21 RU 19

Pilot-1 RU 22 RU 20

Controller-1 RU 23, RU 24 RU 21, RU 22

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

59

Table 12: Component placement with three Replication Engines (continued)Component type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 12Controller-2 RU 25, RU 26 RU 23, RU 24

Remaining Drive Enclosures RU 27 to RU 42 RU 25 to RU 28 (nextDE2-24C DE)

RU 29 to RU 42

If the Oracle FS System includes four Replication Engines, then follow theplacement shown in the following table:

Table 13: Component placement with four Replication EnginesComponent type RU space for installation RU space if a DE2-24C

DE follows RU 10Drive Enclosures RU 1 to RU 12 RU1 to RU10

Replication Engine-4 RU 13, RU 14 RU 11, RU 12

Replication Engine-3 RU 15, RU 16 RU 13, RU 14

Replication Engine-2 RU 17, RU 18 RU 15, RU 16

Replication Engine-1 RU 19, RU 20 RU 17, RU 18

Pilot-0 RU 21 RU 19

Pilot-1 RU 22 RU 20

Controller-1 RU 23, RU 24 RU 21, RU 22

Controller-2 RU 25, RU 26 RU 23, RU 24

Remaining Drive Enclosures RU 27 to RU 42 RU 25 to RU 28 (nextDE2-24C DE)

RU 29 to RU 42

Component NumberingOracle FS Systems support two Pilots (Pilot-1 and Pilot-2). Additionally,Oracle FS Systems support two Controllers (Controller-1 and Controller-2) and 1to 30 Drive Enclosures (DE-1 to DE-30).

The chassis ID number of the Drive Enclosure is based on the order by which theController identifies the Drive Enclosures. Drive Enclosures are also assigned achassis ID number in the Oracle FS System Manager GUI that is labeledEnclosure Chassis ID. The chassis ID number can be changed using the GUI. Thechassis ID number displayed on the chassis must always match the EnclosureChassis ID displayed on the GUI.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

60

Tip: The Drive Enclosure sticker on the back of the chassis must be removed oncethe Drive Enclosure is installed in the rack because the seven segment display isnow the preferred method to identify the Drive Enclosure.

Tip: The chassis ID in the Drive Enclosure identification display always matchesthe ID shown in the GUI. Drive Enclosures are identified by the serial numberand the World Wide Name (WWN). Sometimes, the physical order in which theDrive Enclosures are stacked and cabled in might differ from the cabling orderrecommended in this document. If the Drive Enclosures appear out of order (not,1 through 30 in sequence bottom up), then the customer can change it throughthe GUI. But the GUI and the identification display on the chassis must alwaysmatch.

The Pilots, Controllers, and the Replication Engines must also be numberedsequentially from the bottom to the top of the rack. Refer to the followingexample for more information on component numbering of the rack-readyOracle FS Systems.

The chassis ID numbers on the Controllers can also be manually changed fromthe GUI.

Figure 10: Component numbering in Oracle FS Systems

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

61

Note: The above example shows eight DE2–24P Drive Enclosures (2 RU), fourDE2–24C Drive Enclosures (4 RU), and two Replication Engines.

Oracle FS System Rack Hardware SpecificationsAn Oracle FS System can contain a combination of:

• Two Pilot nodes; each node is a 1U Oracle server.

• Two Controllers

• One to 30 Drive Enclosures.

• Two power distribution units (PDUs) built into the rack.

• Replication Engines (optional)

Note: Two racks are required to install 30 Drive Enclosures

Customer supplied racks into which you install the Oracle FS1 Flash StorageSystem components must meet the requirements listed in the following table:

Table 14: Rack specifications for an Oracle FS System

Item Requirement

Structure Four-post rack (mounting at both front andrear).

Supported rack types:

• square hole (9.5 mm)• round hole (M6 or 1/4-20 threaded

only)

Note: Two-post racks are not compatible.

Rack horizontal opening and unitvertical pitch

Conforms to ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992 or IEC60927 standards.

Distance between front and rearmounting planes

• Minimum 24 in (610 mm)• Maximum 36 in (915 mm)

Clearance depth in front of frontmounting plane

Minimum distance to rear cabinet door:

• 35.43 in (900 mm) with the CMA• 31.49 in (800 mm) without the

CMA

Note: CMAs are required for Pilots,Controllers, and Replication Engines.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

62

Table 14: Rack specifications for an Oracle FS System (continued)

Item Requirement

Clearance width between front and rearmounting planes

Minimum distance between structuralsupports and cable troughs is 18 in (456mm).

Minimum clearance for service access Clearance (front): 48.5 in (123.2 cm)

Clearance (back): 36 in (91 cm)

Front door • Vented

• 1.5 in (3.81 cm) deep

• Lockable

• Open left to right

• 1 in (2.54 cm) clearance between frontvertical channel and inside of frame

Rear door • Vented

• Lockable

• Open left to right

Sides • Solid

• Removable

• Lockable

• 1 inches (2.54 centimeters) betweenside and frame

Vertical channels • 19 in side to side

• 26 in front rail to back rail

Vents • Front and back doors

• Top

PDU • 2 PDUs

• 90–240VAC, 50–60Hz

• 10kVA for single-phase PDUs; 15 kVAfor three-phase PDUs

• 42 outlets (six groups of seven outletseach)

• Vertical mount

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

63

Table 14: Rack specifications for an Oracle FS System (continued)

Item Requirement

Heat dissipation • Oracle FS System: 28,500 BTU/hr

Loaded weight • Oracle FS System: 1535.7 lb (696.6 kg)

The center of gravity of a populated Oracle FS System rack is toward the front.The threshold tilt angle depends on whether the front or back of the rack facesdown the slope:

• Front faces downward: 12° maximum slope.

• Back faces downward: 24° maximum slope.

Figure 11: Maximum tilt angles for stationary Oracle FS System racks

Legend 1 42U rack

2 Oracle FS system components

3 Cabling aperture

4 Ramp

Prepare the RackNot-racked systems require preparation of the rack prior to componentinstallation and cabling into the rack. Refer to the vendor’s rack documentationfor detailed information on unpacking the rack, positioning the rack, andstabilizing the rack.

To create a bay of racks, first remove the adjacent (inner) side panels from eachrack and move the racks into position. You must route the cables directly fromone rack to the other through the open sides of the racks because the cables arenot long enough to route through a raised floor.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

64

Remove the Doors From a RackRemove the rack doors to make the placement of the components easier.

1 If locked, unlock the front and back doors of the rack.

2 Release all door hinges, as well as any grounding straps.

Figure 12: Rack door removal

Legend 1 Ground strap

2 Rack door hinge

Note: This is an example of removing the doors from a rack. Your rack maydiffer from the illustration. Consult the rack vendor's documentation fordetails on removing doors and ground straps.

3 Remove the doors and set them aside.

Note: Use care to place the doors where they cannot fall on people or slideand cause injury.

Important: After installing an Oracle FS System, shut all the doors, re-attach theground straps to maintain compliance with applicable emissions requirements.

Remove a Side Panel From a RackYou might be required to remove the rack side panels to have sufficient space toperform service actions such as replace components or cable Drive Enclosures.Consult the rack vendor's documentation for details on how to remove the sidepanels.

Important: Be sure not to pinch any cables that might have strayed from theirproper location.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

65

Rack Installation Safety PrecautionsFollow these safety precautions when installing the components in the rack.

CAUTION: If non-Oracle FS System equipment must be installed in the rack,additional care must be taken to ensure that this equipment does not causeoverheating of the Oracle FS System components or block air flow. All Oracle FSSystem components meet these requirements, but ONLY if the installation andrack position guidelines are carefully followed.

CAUTION: Always load components into a rack from the bottom to the top sothat the rack does not become top-heavy and tip over.

CAUTION: Avoid elevated operating ambient temperature. If the component isinstalled in a closed or multi-unit rack assembly, the operating ambienttemperature of the rack environment might be greater than room ambienttemperature. Therefore, make sure that the environment is compatible with themaximum ambient temperature (TMA) specified for the component.

CAUTION: Make sure that there is sufficient amount of airflow required for safeoperation of each component.

CAUTION: Mounting of a component in the rack should be such that ahazardous condition is not created due to uneven mechanical loading.

CAUTION: Consideration should be given to the connection of a component tothe supply circuit and the effect that overloading of the circuits might have onover-current protection and supply wiring. Appropriate consideration ofcomponent nameplate power ratings should be used when addressing thisconcern.

CAUTION: Reliable grounding of rack-mounted equipment should bemaintained. Particular attention should be given to supply connections otherthan direct connections to the branch circuit (for example, use of power strips).

CAUTION: Do not use slide-rail mounted equipment as a shelf.

System-Wide ProceduresData Backups

Regular backups are prudent IT practice. When you service hardwarecomponents that directly affect user data paths, we highly recommend that youfirst back up all user data to external media.

Important: Extraordinary system hardware changes (such as replacing aController) and software configuration changes (such as resetting the system to afactory-fresh state) and all other modifications not specifically mentioned in thisdocument should only be attempted after consultation with Oracle CustomerSupport. A backup of data should always be done prior to all but routinemaintenance actions.

Full system backups to external media must be performed when you want toperform any of the following actions:

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

66

• Remove a Drive Enclosure permanently from the Oracle FS System.

Note: You need not always perform a complete data backup to removeDrive Enclosures from an Oracle FS System. However, prior to removalmake sure that all necessary resources have been migrated from the DriveEnclosure and the system configuration is not located on the DriveEnclosure. For more information, contact Oracle Customer Support.

• Clear the system configuration. This action removes all user and systemdata.

CAUTION: Before you clear the system configuration, consult with OracleCustomer Support to avoid the risk of losing system configuration data.

To back up the system, refer to the Oracle FS System Oracle Flash Storage SystemNDMP Integration Guide and to the documentation for your NDMP-based backupapplication.

Power CyclingContact Oracle Customer Support before power cycling an Oracle FS Systemexcept in the event of an emergency, in which case, drop all power and thencontact Oracle Customer Support.

Contact Oracle Customer Support before touching any power cables or switches.There are some situations where not power cycling the entire system is thecorrect action.

For failure testing, do not power cycle individual components without firstcontacting Oracle Customer Support.

Controller RailsAdding Controllers in the rack requires you to install rack rails in the rack andslide rails on the chassis for each Controller that you plan to add.

Controller rail kits can be installed in the Sun ™ Rack 900, the Sun Rack 1000, andthird-party ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992 or IEC 60927 compliant racks with thefollowing types of holes:

• Square

• Round

• Threaded

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

67

Figure 13: Examples of supported rack holes

Legend 1 Square holes

2 Round holes

3 Threaded holes

CAUTION: Oracle recommends that you install each Controller after you installthe rail kit before installing the next combination of rail kit and Controller.Installing all of the rail kits and then inserting the Controllers is not alwayspossible because of potential space limitations at some data centers. Also, yourun the risk of not placing the Controllers in the correct rack position and causingpossible cabling issues.

Note: Controller rails are packaged within the Pilot shipping carton (not theController shipping carton). Ensure that the Controller rails are not misplacedduring unpacking.

Controller Rail KitsThe Controller rail kit contains the following items:

• One slide rail that attaches to the rack posts

• One mounting bracket that attaches to the Controller chassis

• CMA with six pre-installed cable clips

• Package of mounting screws and nuts in assorted sizes to fit various typesof racks and cabinets

• Manufacturer's instruction sheet for the CMA

The following table summarizes the mounting hardware packaged with theController rail kits.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

68

Table 15: Controller rail kit mounting screwsContents of the mounting screw packet Quantity Usage

10-32 pan head screw 8 Assemble main andextender sections ofleft and right rails(Typically, left andright rails are shippedpre-assembled)

8-32 pan head screw 4 Mount left and rightrails to front ofcabinet rails

Metric M6 pan head screw 8 • Mount leftand right railsto back ofcabinet rails

• Secure frontof chassis toleft and rightcabinet rails

6–32 flat head screw 2 Secure back of chassisto left and right siderails

Tip: Ensure that you have all of the parts in the Controller rail kit before youbegin the installation of the Controller rails on the rack and the Controllerchassis.Note: To locate part numbers for the rail kits, open Oracle System Handbook(https://support.oracle.com/handbook_private/index.html) and go to theOracle FS1 Flash Storage System components list. Part numbers are listed in thecomponents list.

Install the Rack Rails for the ControllerPrior to adding Controllers, install rails into the rack for each Controller that youplan to add.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have adequate room to work around therack while installing the rails and the Controller.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

69

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2 screwdriverwith at least a four-inch shaft.

• If you are installing the rails in a rack with threaded holes,make sure you have a Torx Number 20 screwdriver.

1 Mark the rack mount hole where you plan to mount the Controller.The Controller requires two standard rack units (2U) of vertical space.

2 Remove the rails from the packaging.

3 Position the front of the left rail behind the left front rack rail.

Figure 14: Controller rack mount location

Legend 1 Rack mount holes

2 Left rail

4 Use a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver to insert and tighten two 8-32panhead screws to secure the left rail to the front of the rack.

Note: Each Controller requires two standard mounting units (2U) ofvertical space in the rack. Each standard mounting unit (U) has threemounting holes in the left and right rack rails.

Note: Insert the screws into the lowest holes in the top two mounting unitsof the 2U slot in which the chassis is to be mounted. These screws passthrough the rack rail holes and screw into threaded holes in the left rail.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

70

Figure 15: Left rail secured to the front of the rack

Legend 1 Rack

2 8–32 screws to secure left rail to rack

3 Left rail

5 Repeat the above two steps for the right rail.

6 At the back of the rack, adjust the length of the left rail as needed to fit therack, and position the rail flange over the face of the rack rail.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

71

Figure 16: Left rail adjusted at the back of the rack

Legend 1 Back of the rack

2 Left rail

7 Align the rail flange so that the mounting holes correspond to those at thefront of the rack.

8 Use a Phillips screwdriver to insert and tighten four metric M6 screws (twoon each side) at the back of the rail.

9 Repeat the above three steps for the right rail.

10 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, tighten the eight 10-32 panheadadjustment screws (four on each side) toward the back of each rail.

Install the Slide Rails for the Controller1 Extend the mounting brackets completely out of their respective slide rails.

Tip: To extend the mounting brackets out of the slide rails, simultaneouslypress and hold the upper and lower lock buttons of the slide rail lock.Then, pull the mounting bracket out until it locks in the extended position.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

72

Figure 17: Slide rail assembly unlocked

Legend 1 Slide rail assembly

2 Slide rail lock button

2 Slide the mounting bracket release button, and then slide the mountingbracket out of the slide rail.

Figure 18: Mounting bracket release button

Legend 1 Slide rail

2 Mounting bracket release button

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

73

3 Mounting bracket

Figure 19: Slide rail middle section unlocked

Legend 1 Slide rail

2 Metal lever

Tip: Press the metal lever on the middle section of the slide rail to unlockthe slide rail, and then push the middle section back into the rack.

3 Attach a mounting bracket to the right side of the Controller chassis.

Figure 20: Mounting bracket attached to the chassis

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

74

Legend 1 Mounting bracket

2 Controller chassis

Tip: Position the mounting bracket against the Controller chassis so thatthe mounting bracket are aligned with screw holes and then install thescrews.

4 Attach the second mounting bracket to the left side of the Controllerchassis.

5 Determine which rack hole numbers to use when attaching the slide railsto the rack posts.

Note: The Controller is two rack units tall (2U). The slide rails will occupythe lower half of the 2U space.

6 Determine which screws you will use to mount the slide rails.

Tip: If your rack has threaded mounting holes in the rack posts, determinewhether the threads are metric or standard. Select the appropriate screwsfrom the package included in the mounting kit. If your rack does not havethreaded mounting holes, the mounting screws are secured with a cagednut.

7 Attach a slide rail to the right front rack post.

Figure 21: Slide rail mounted on the rack post

Legend 1 Rack post

2 Slide rail

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

75

Tip: Loosely attach the front of a slide rail to the right front rack post usingtwo screws but do not tighten the screws yet. Adjust the length of the sliderail by sliding the back mounting flange to reach the outside edge of theback rack post. Loosely attach the back of the slide rail to the back rackpost with two screws.

8 Attach the second slide rail to the left rack posts in a similar manner.

Tip: Do not tighten the screws.

9 Use the slide rail spacing tool to adjust the distance between the slide rails.

Figure 22: Slide rail spacing tool

Legend 1 Spacing tool

2 Slide rails

Tip: At the front of the rack, plug the left side of the tool into slots at theend of the left rail. Insert the right side of the tool into the front end of theright rail, while sliding the end of the rail to the right or left as needed toallow the ends of the tool to enter the ends of both rails. The distancebetween the rails is now equal to the width of the Controller withmounting brackets.

10 Tighten the screws to lock the front ends of the rails in place.

11 Repeat the steps for the back ends of the rails.

12 Deploy the anti-tilt mechanism on the rack, if any.

CAUTION: The weight of the Controller on extended slide rails can beenough to overturn a rack.

13 Insert the ends of the mounting brackets into the sliding rails.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

76

Figure 23: Controller chassis mounted on the slide rails

Legend 1 Slide rails

2 Controller chassis

3 Mounting brackets

CAUTION: Work with a partner or use a mechanical lift for assistance. TheController weighs approximately 70 lbs (31.75 kg). Two people arerequired to carry the chassis.

14 Simultaneously release the rail locks on each side of the sliding rails, andguide the Controller chassis into the rack.

CAUTION: Verify that the Controller is securely mounted in the rack, andthat the slide rails are locked to the mounting brackets, before continuing.

Install the Controller CMAThe cable management arm (CMA) clips into the ends of the left and rightController slide rail assemblies. No screws are necessary for mounting the CMA.The right sides of the two CMA arms have hinged extensions. On themanufacturer's instruction sheet, the smaller extension is called the CMAConnector for Inner Member. It attaches to the right mounting bracket. The largerextension is called the CMA Connector for Outer Member, and attaches to theright sliding rail.

Note: The CMA shown in the graphics might vary slightly from the CMAshipped with your product.

1 At the back of the rack, plug the CMA rail extension into the end of the leftslide rail assembly.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

77

Figure 24: CMA rail extension inserted into the back of the left slide rail

Legend 1 CMA rail extension

2 Slide rail

CAUTION: Support the CMA during this installation. Do not allow theassembly to hang by its own weight until it is secured by all threeattachment points.

2 Insert the smaller extension into the clip located at the end of the mountingbracket.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

78

Figure 25: Inner CMA connector mounted

Legend 1 Slide rail

2 Inner CMA connector

3 Clip

3 Insert the outer CMA connector into the end of the right sliding rail.

Figure 26: Outer CMA connector attached

Legend 1 Outer CMA connector

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

79

2 Slide rail

4 Fully insert the hinged plastic connector at the left side of the CMA into theCMA rail extension.

Figure 27: Left side of the slide rail mounted

Legend 1 Plastic tab on CMA rail extension

2 Slide rail

Insert the Controller Into a RackPrerequisites: Ensure that you have a magnetic-tipped Phillips Number 2

screwdriver with at least a four-inch shank.

CAUTION: Do not power on the Controller until all components have beeninstalled and all internal private management interface (PMI) and privateinterconnect (PI) cables have been connected.

CAUTION: Work with a partner or use a mechanical lift for assistance. TheController weighs approximately 41 lbs (18.59 kg). Two people are required toun-mount and carry the chassis.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanisms before installing the Controllerinto the rack to prevent the rack from tipping over during componentinstallation.

CAUTION: Always load equipment into a rack from the bottom up so that therack will not become top-heavy and tip over.

CAUTION: Slide-rail-mounted components are not to be used as a shelf or a workspace.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

80

CAUTION: Elevated operating ambient temperature: If the Controller is installedin a closed or multi-unit rack assembly, the operating ambient temperature of therack environment might be greater than room ambient temperature. Therefore,consideration should be given to installing the components in an environmentcompatible with the maximum ambient temperature (TMA) specified for theController.

1 Using two people, one at each side of the Controller, carefully lift andposition the Controller on the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the powersupplies and disrupt electrical power to the Controller.

2 Carefully slide the Controller into the rack until the front flanges of theController touch the vertical face of the rack.

3 Use a Phillips screwdriver to install and tighten the four M6 panheadscrews (two on each side) to secure the chassis to the front of the rack.

4 Install and tighten two 6-32 screws (one on each side) at the back of thechassis, to secure the back of the chassis to the rack.

Verify Operation of the Slide Rails and the CMAPrerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface to

discharge any static electricity.• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your

wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Two people are needed to verify the operation of the sliderails and the cable management arm (CMA): one to movethe Controller in and out of the rack and one to observe thecables and CMA.

• To reduce the risk of personal injury, stabilize theexpansion rack cabinet and extend all anti-tilt devicesbefore extending the Controller from the rack.

CAUTION: Work with a partner or use a mechanical lift for assistance. TheController weighs approximately 41 lbs (18.59 kg). Two people are required toun-mount and carry the chassis.

1 Unlock the slide lock buttons at the right and left sides of the Controllerchassis, and slowly pull the Controller out of the rack until the slide railsreach their stops.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

81

Figure 28: Controller slide rails unlocked

Legend 1 Slide rail assembly

2 Slide rail lock button

2 Inspect the attached cables for any binding or kinks.

3 Verify that the CMA extends fully and does not bind in the slide rails.

4 When the Controller is fully extended out, release the mounting bracketrelease button.

Figure 29: Mounting bracket release button

Legend 1 Slide rail

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

82

2 Mounting bracket release button

3 Mounting bracket

5 Slide the Controller back into the rack.6 Simultaneously unlock both slide rail release buttons, and push the

Controller completely into the rack.

Figure 30: Slide rail release button

Legend 1 Slide rail release button

2 Slide rail

Note: The Controller should stop after approximately 15 inches (40 cm) oftravel.

7 Verify that the cables and the CMA retracted without binding.8 Adjust the cable hangers and CMA as required.

Drive Enclosure RailsTo prepare a rack for adding Drive Enclosures to the Oracle Flash StorageSystem, you must install rails in the rack for each Drive Enclosure that you planto add. Oracle includes rail kits in the Drive Enclosure packaging.

Use one of the following racks for the Drive Enclosure:

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

83

• Sun Rack II 1042/1242 rack

• Any 19-inch wide, four-post, EIA-compatible rack with a front-to-backdepth between vertical cabinet rails of 24 inches to 36 inches (61 cm to 91cm)

Drive Enclosures rail kits can be installed in racks with the following types ofholes:

• Square

• Round

• Threaded (must be M6 or 10-32 racks)

The following figure shows examples of supported rack holes.

Figure 31: Examples of supported rack holes

Legend 1 Square holes 3 Threaded holes

2 Round holes

The following figures show the rails for both Drive Enclosure types.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

84

Figure 32: Rails for the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure

Legend 1 Left-side rail for square-hole andround-hole racks

2 Adaptor pins for threaded-hole racks

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

85

Figure 33: Rails for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

Legend 1 Left-side rail for square-hole racks 3 Round-hole racks

2 Threaded-hole racks

Drive Enclosure Rail KitsThe following table summarizes the contents of the Drive Enclosure rail kits.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

86

Table 16: Drive Enclosure rail kitsType of DriveEnclosure

Contents

DE2-24P DriveEnclosure

2 Phillips Number 2 pan head screws with patch lock

2 Phillips hex flange head screws (11mm)

1 Left-hand rail assembly

1 Right-hand rail assembly

4 Phillips Number 2 ACR hex flange screws

1 10mm wrench

8 Threaded rack adaptor pegs

1 Threaded rack adaptor kit label

4 Phillips hex flange screws (13mm)

DE2-24C DriveEnclosure

2 Phillips Number 2 pan head screws with patch lock (M5 x 16)

1 Left-hand rail assembly

2 Phillips hex flange head screws (11mm)

1 Right-hand rail assembly

2 Cage nuts

4 Orange service screw labels

2 Clip nuts

8 Special screws for round hole rack

1 Tardis rail kit user label

2 Phillips Number 2 pan head screws with patch lock (M5 x 6)

4 Phillips hex flange head screws (13mm)

4 Phillips Number 2 ACR hex flange head screws

To locate part numbers for the rail kits, open Oracle System Handbook (https://support.oracle.com/handbook_private/index.html) and go to the Oracle FS1Flash Storage System components list. Part numbers are listed in the componentslist.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

87

Install Drive Enclosure RailsPrior to adding Drive Enclosures, install rails into the rack for each DriveEnclosure that you plan to add.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface todischarge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2 screwdriverwith at least a four-inch shaft.

• If you are installing the rails in a rack with threaded holes,make sure you have a Torx Number 20 screwdriver.

• Ensure that you have a flashlight to use when verifyingthat the Drive Enclosure is seated in the rack.

Install Rails for DE2-24P Drive EnclosuresThe rails for the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure are preassembled with rail-locationpegs on the front and back for installation in a square hole rack and a round holerack. If you install the rails in a threaded, universal 19-inch rack, you mustreplace the rail-location pegs with adaptor pins before installing the rails in therack.

Note: To simplify the following procedures, install the left-side rail assembly firstand then the right-side rail assembly.

Install Rails in Threaded Racks1 Use a Torx Number 20 screwdriver to remove the rail-location pegs from

the front and back of the rails.

2 Use a 10mm wrench to insert the adaptor pins into the ends of the railswhere you removed the rail-location pegs.

A 10mm wrench and adaptor pins are included in the rail kit packaging.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

88

Figure 34: 10mm wrench and adaptor pins

Legend 1 10mm wrench 2 Adaptor pins

3 Position the front of the rails inside of the rack, with the rail flange insideof the rack flange.

The rail label faces the inside of the rack. The pins should be fully locatedwithin the rack holes.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

89

Figure 35: Rack flange, rail flange, and rail label (front)

Legend 1 Rack flange 2 Rail flange and label

4 Insert and loosely tighten one screw through the front of the rack and intothe top hole in the rails.

5 Adjust the rail lengths and locate the back pins inside the correspondingback rack holes.

6 Insert and loosely tighten one screw through the back of the rack and intothe back of the rails.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

90

Figure 36: Back-mounting screw

Install Rails in Square or Round Hole Racks1 Locate the appropriate rack unit (RU) height.

The DE2-24P Drive Enclosure requires two standard mounting units (2U)of vertical space in the rack.

2 Remove the rails from the Drive Enclosure packaging.

3 Position the front rail-location pegs fully inside the holes in the front rackposts where you plan to add a Drive Enclosure.

Make sure the rail label faces the inside of the rack. Align the rail flangeinside of the rack flange. Position the rail-location pegs fully within therack holes.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

91

Figure 37: Front of the rack and rail-location pegs

Legend 1 Rail-location pegs 2 Front rack post

4 Insert and tighten one Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw through thefront rack hole and into the top hole of the rail.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

92

Figure 38: A Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw and the front of a rack

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Rail-location pegs

5 From the back of the rack, position the pegs fully into the correspondingrack holes.To position the pegs, extend the length of the rail to the back of the rackand position the pegs through the appropriate rack holes.

Figure 39: Extended rail to the back of the rack

Legend 1 Back of the rack

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

93

6 Insert and tighten one Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw into the backof the rack and into the rail.

Figure 40: A Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw and the back of a rack

7 Repeat steps 1-6 to install the right-hand rail assembly.

Install Rails for DE2-24C Drive Enclosures1 Locate the appropriate rack unit (RU) height.

The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure requires four standard rack units (4U) ofvertical space.

2 Remove the rails from the Drive Enclosure packaging.

3 If you are installing rails in a square-hole rack, snap one cage nut into theeighth rack hole on both sides of the rack.

To locate the eighth rack hole, count eight holes upward from the bottomrail location peg.

The following figure shows a cage nut installed in a square-hole rack.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

94

Figure 41: Cage nut installed in a square-hole rack

Legend 1 Rail-location pegs 2 Cage nut

4 Prepare the screws in each rail end.

Square-holeracks

No preparation is required.

Round-holeracks

Remove the two rail-location pegs from each rail end andreplace them with the special screws from the rail kit. Thespecial screws are part number 0093340-02.

Threaded-hole rack

Remove the two rail-location pegs from each rail end andreplace them in the opposite direction from inside of therail flange. Remove and discard the clip nut from the frontrail.

Figure 42: Rail-location pegs from inside of the rail flangeand the clip nut

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

95

Legend 1 Rail location pegs from inside ofthe rail flange

2 Clip nut

5 Position the front of the rails inside of the rack.

Make sure the rail flange aligns with the inside of the rack flange and therail label faces the inside of the rack.

Square-hole racks The rail-location pegs fit inside of the rack holes.Round-hole rack The special screws fit inside of the rack holes.Threaded-hole rack The rail-location pegs fit inside of the rack holes.

The following figure shows an example of the rail-location pegs insertedinto a square-hole rack.

Figure 43: Rail-location pegs and a square-hole rack

Legend 1 Rail-location pegs 2 Cage nut

6 Extend the rail length towards the back of the rack and into the rail holes atthe back of the rack.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

96

Figure 44: Rail extended to holes in the back of the rack

7 Insert and fully tighten one Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw throughthe back of the rack and into the rail.

8 Tighten the two locking screws in the side of the rail.

Figure 45: The locking screws and side of the rail

9 Repeat steps 1 - 8 to install the right-hand rail assembly.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

97

Insert a DE2-24P Drive Enclosure Into a Rack1 With the help of a partner or mechanical lift, carefully lift the Drive

Enclosure to the location of the prepared slot and rest the Drive Enclosureon the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure.Dropping a Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life ofthe drives.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Figure 46: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

2 Angle the Drive Enclosure slightly to the left and align the DriveEnclosure’s left side slider so that it engages with the left rail channel.

Figure 47: Left rail channel

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

98

Legend 1 Left rail channel

3 Slightly tug the Drive Enclosure to the right and align the DriveEnclosure’s right side slider so that it engages with the right rail channel.

4 Apply even pressure to both sides of the Drive Enclosure and carefullyslide the Drive Enclosure into the rails.

Important: The Drive Enclosure must be fully seated in the rack. To verifythat the Drive Enclosure is fully seated, check for the following:

• Using a flashlight, visually check to see that the sliders on both sidesof the Drive Enclosure are in the rail channels on both sides of therack. If the Drive Enclosure side sliders are not in the rail channels,then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You must reinsert the DriveEnclosure.

• Ensure that the Drive Enclosure slides smoothly into the rack andout of the rack. If the Drive Enclosure does not slide smoothly in andout of the rack, then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You mustreinsert the Drive Enclosure.

• Ensure that the screw hole at the back of the Drive Enclosure alignswith the screw hole on the rail. Do not secure the screw, yet. If thescrew hole at the back of the Drive Enclosure does not align with thescrew hole on the rail, then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. Youmust reinsert the Drive Enclosure.

5 On both sides of the Drive Enclosure, insert a Phillips Number 2 pan headscrew with patch lock through the hole at the back of the Drive Enclosureand secure it into the screw hole on the rail.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

99

Figure 48: Back of the Drive Enclosure and Rail secured

Legend 1 Phillips Number 2 pan head screwwith patch lock

2 Back of the DriveEnclosure

Important: If you insert the screw through the hole at the back of the DriveEnclosure and the screw does not align with the screw hole on the rail,then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You must reinstall the DriveEnclosure.

6 Remove the front-side caps on both sides of the Drive Enclosure and securea Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the Drive Enclosure. Take care notto mix up the right front-side caps among Drive Enclosures.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

100

Figure 49: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

After you have secured the Drive Enclosure to the rails, attach the front-side caps to the Drive Enclosure.

7 Insert the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drivesinto their corresponding slots in the chassis.

Insert a DE2-24C Drive Enclosure Into a Rack1 With the help of a partner or mechanical lift, carefully lift the Drive

Enclosure to the location of the prepared slot and rest the Drive Enclosureon the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure.Dropping a Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life ofthe drives.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

101

Figure 50: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

2 Carefully slide the Drive Enclosure into the rack.

The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure rails have a ledge along the bottom of therail to allow you to slide the Drive Enclosure into the rack. To verify thatthe Drive Enclosure is seated correctly in the rails, ensure that the bottomedges on both sides of the Drive Enclosure slide along the left and right railledges.

Figure 51: The rail ledge for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

3 At the back of the chassis, insert and fully tighten a Phillips Number 2 panhead screw with patch lock into the side of the rail.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

102

Figure 52: Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock

Legend 1 Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock

4 Remove the front-side caps on both sides of the Drive Enclosure and securea Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the Drive Enclosure. Take care notto mix up the right front-side caps among Drive Enclosures.

Figure 53: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

After you have secured the Drive Enclosure to the rails, attach the front-side caps to the Drive Enclosure.

5 Insert the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drivesinto their corresponding slots in the chassis.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

103

Pilot RailsAdding Pilots in the rack requires you to install rack rails in the rack and sliderails on the chassis for each Pilot that you plan to add.

Pilot rail kits can be installed in the Sun trademark Rack 900, the Sun Rack 1000,and third-party ANSI/EIA 310-D-1992 or IEC 60927 compliant racks with thefollowing types of holes:

• Square (9.5 mm)

• Round (M6 or 1/4-20 threaded only)

CAUTION: We recommend that you install each Pilot after you install the rail kitbefore installing the next combination of rail kit and Pilot. Installing all of the railkits and then inserting the Pilots is not always possible because of potential spacelimitations in some data centers. Also, you run the risk of not placing the Pilot inthe correct rack position and causing possible cabling issues.

Pilot Rail KitsThe Pilot rail kit contains the following items:

• One slide rail that attaches to the rack posts

• One mounting bracket that attaches to the Pilot chassis

• CMA with six pre-installed cable clips

• Four M4 x 5 fine-pitch mounting bracket securing screws (optional)

• Manufacturer's instruction sheet

Tip: Ensure that you have all of the parts in the Pilot rail kit before you begin theinstallation of the Pilot rails on the rack and the Pilot chassis.Note: To locate part numbers for the rail kits, open Oracle System Handbook(https://support.oracle.com/handbook_private/index.html) and go to theOracle FS1 Flash Storage System components list. Part numbers are listed in thecomponents list.

The following figure shows the parts in the Pilot rail kit.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

104

Figure 54: Pilot rail kit parts

Legend 1 Slide rails

2 Mounting brackets

3 Four M4 x 5 fine pitch mounting bracket securing screws (optional)

4 Installation card

Install the Rack Rails for the PilotInstall the rack rails on the rack prior to installing the Pilot.

Prerequisite: • Ensure that you have adequate room to work around therack while installing the rails and the Pilot.

1 Place the rack-mount installation card against the front rails to identify thecorrect mounting holes for the slide rails.

Figure 55: Rack-mount installation card template

Legend 1 Installation card

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

105

2 Rack mount hole

3 Pilot chassis

4 Front rack post

Note: The Pilot requires one standard rack units (1U) of vertical space.

Tip: The bottom edge of the installation card must correspond to thebottom edge of the Pilot. Measure up from the bottom of the installationcard.

2 Mark the mounting holes for the front slide rails.

3 Mark the mounting holes for the back slide rails.

4 Remove the rails from the packaging.

5 Orient the slide-rail assembly so that the ball bearing track is forward andlocked in place.

Figure 56: Slide rails oriented with the ball bearing track

Legend 1 Slide rail

2 Ball bearing track

3 Locking mechanism

6 Starting with either the left or right side of the rack, align the rear of theslide-rail assembly against the inside of the rear rack rail, and push untilthe assembly locks into place with an audible click.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

106

Figure 57: Slide rail assembly aligned with the rack

Legend 1 Back of the rack

2 Slide rail

7 Align the front of the slide-rail assembly against the outside of the frontrack rail, and push until the assembly locks into place with an audibleclick.

8 Repeat steps to attach the slide-rail assembly to the other side of the rack.

Install the Slide Rails for the PilotInstall the slide rails with mounting brackets on to the Pilot chassis beforeinserting it into the rack.

1 Position a mounting bracket against the Pilot chassis so that the slide raillock is at the Pilot front, and the five keyhole openings on the mountingbracket are aligned with the five locating pins on the side of the Pilotchassis.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

107

Figure 58: Mounting bracket aligned with the Pilot chassis

Legend 1 Pilot chassis front

2 Slide rail lock

3 Mounting bracket

4 Mounting bracket clip

2 With the heads of the five chassis locating pins protruding though the fivekeyhole openings in the mounting bracket, pull the mounting brackettoward the front of the Pilot chassis until the mounting bracket clip locksinto place with an audible click.

3 Verify that the rear locating pin has engaged the mounting bracket clip.

4 Repeat steps to install the remaining slide rail mounting bracket on theother side of the Pilot chassis.

Install the Pilot CMAInstall the cable management arm (CMA) so that you can route the Pilot cablesinto the rack.

The CMA clips into the ends of the left and right Pilot slide rail assemblies. Noscrews are necessary for mounting the CMA. The right sides of the two CMAarms have hinged extensions.

Note: The CMA shown in the graphics might vary slightly from the CMAshipped with your product.

1 Unpack the CMA parts.

2 Take the CMA to the back of the rack, and ensure that you have adequateroom to work around the back of the Pilot.

3 Remove the tape to separate the parts of the CMA.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

108

4 Insert the CMA’s mounting bracket connector into the back of the rightslide rail until the connector locks into place with an audible click.

5 Insert the right CMA slide rail connector into the back of the right slide railassembly until the connector locks into place with an audible click.

Figure 59: CMA slide rail connector inserted into the back of the right sliderail

Legend 1 CMA slide rail connector

2 Right slide rail

Note: The CMA in the graphic is for representation only. The CMAshipped with your Pilot might be slightly different.

6 Insert the left CMA slide-rail connector into the back of the left slide railassembly until the connector locks into place with an audible click.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

109

Figure 60: CMA slide rail connector inserted into the back of the left sliderail

Legend 1 CMA slide rail connector

2 Left slide rail

Note: The CMA in the graphic is for representation only. The CMAshipped with your Pilot might be slightly different.

7 Install and route cables to the Pilot, as required.

Insert the Pilot into a RackPrerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface to

discharge any static electricity.• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your

wrist, and ensure that you have an ESD mat. Stand on theESD mat while replacing components

CAUTION: Do not connect the PDUs to any external power source until allcomponents and internal cables have been installed.

CAUTION: Turn off all the PDUs or do not connect component power cords toPDUs until all components have been installed and all internal privatemanagement interface (PMI) and private interconnect (PI) cables have beenconnected.

CAUTION: Work with a partner or use a mechanical lift for assistance. The Pilotweighs approximately 39.9 lbs (18.1 kg). Two people are required to carry thechassis.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

110

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanisms before installing the Pilot intothe rack to prevent the rack from tipping over during component installation.

CAUTION: Always load equipment into a rack from the bottom up so that therack will not become top-heavy and tip over.

CAUTION: Slide rail mounted components are not to be used as a shelf or a workspace.

1 Push the slide rails as far as possible into the slide rail assemblies in therack.

2 Using two people, one at each side of the Pilot, position the Pilot so that theback ends of the mounting brackets are aligned with the slide railassemblies that are mounted in the rack.

3 Insert the mounting brackets into the slide rails, and then push the Pilotinto the rack until the mounting brackets encounter the slide rail stops(approximately 30 cm, or 12 inches).

Figure 61: Pilot with mounting brackets inserted into the slide rails

Legend 1 Mounting brackets inserted into the slide rail

2 Slide rail release button

3 Slide rail lock

4 Simultaneously push and hold the slide rail release buttons on eachmounting bracket while you push the Pilot into the rack. Continue pushingthe Pilot into the rack until the slide rail locks (on the front of the mountingbrackets) engage the slide rail assemblies until you hear an audible click.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

111

Figure 62: Pilot inserted into the rack

Legend 1 Slide rail button

2 Mounting bracket

CAUTION: Verify that the Pilot is securely mounted in the rack and thatthe slide rail locks are engaged with the mounting brackets before youinstall the cable management arm.

Verify Operation of the Slide Rails and the CMAPrerequisites: • Two people are needed to verify the operation of the slide

rails and the cable management arm (CMA): one to movethe Pilot in and out of the rack and one to observe thecables and CMA.

• To reduce the risk of personal injury, stabilize theexpansion rack cabinet and extend all anti-tilt devicesbefore extending the Pilot from the rack.

CAUTION: Work with a partner or use a mechanical lift for assistance. The Pilotweighs approximately 18.1 kilograms (39.9 pounds). Two people are required tocarry the chassis.

1 Slowly pull the Pilot out of the rack until the slide rails reach their stops.

2 Verify that the CMA extends fully from the slide rails.

3 Push the Pilot back into the rack.When the Pilot is fully extended, you must release two sets of slide railstops to return the Pilot to the rack:

• The first set of stops are levers, located on the inside of each sliderail, just behind the back panel of the Pilot. These levers are labeled“PUSH.” Push in both levers simultaneously, and slide the Pilottoward the rack. The chassis slides in approximately 46 cm (18

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

112

inches) and stops. Verify that the cables and the CMA retract withoutbinding before you continue.

• The second set of stops are the slide rail release buttons, located nearthe front of each mounting bracket. Simultaneously push both of thegreen slide-rail release buttons, and push the Pilot completely intothe rack until both slide-rail locks engage.

4 Adjust the cable straps and CMA, as required.

Oracle FS1–2 Global Procedures and Rail Kit Installation

113

CHAPTER 3

Controller Replacement Procedures

Controller OverviewControllers provide I/O access to the customer LAN or SAN and provide aninternal SAS interface that is used to interconnect all Drive Enclosures and otherControllers. The Oracle FS System supports two storage Controllers.

The following figure shows an Oracle FS System Controller.

Figure 63: Oracle FS System Controller

Replace Controller Air FilterAir filters are designed to maintain proper airflow within the Controller bykeeping the air circulating inside the chassis clear and free of dust.

Each Controller has an air filter covering the front of the chassis. Air filters arecustomer replaceable units (CRUs). Replacing the air filter does not require youto bring the Controller offline. The following figure shows the Controller airfilter.

Tip: Wait two minutes before re-seating the air filter to allow the energy storagemodules (ESMs) to drain. Otherwise, potential damage might occur if the ESMsare not completely discharged.

114

Figure 64: Controller air filter

Procedure Overview

1 Remove an Air Filter

2 Insert an Air Filter

Related LinksController Components

Remove an Air Filter

1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.

2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs anddisengage the air filter.

Figure 65: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Controller Replacement Procedures

115

Figure 66: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Insert an Air Filter

1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom twohooks into the mounting tabs.

Figure 67: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Controller Replacement Procedures

116

Replace a Controller Fan ModuleIf a fan module fails, the system issues critical alerts. Replace failed fan modulesas soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2 screwdriverwith at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface todischarge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the component replacementprocess.

• Initiate Guided Maintenance only when you are able toreplace the fan module immediately.

Each Controller has five fan modules that are located side-by-side at the centerinside the Controller chassis. A fan module is a customer replaceable unit (CRU).Replacing a fan module requires you to bring the Controller offline. Thefollowing figure shows a Controller fan module.

Figure 68: Fan module

Controller Replacement Procedures

117

Figure 69: Fan module location

Legend 1 Fan module-0

2 Fan module-1

3 Fan module-2

4 Fan module-3

5 Fan module-4

Note: The fan modules can be accessed only after removing the top cover overthe Controller chassis.

Note: To replace a fan module, you do not need to remove the Controller fromthe rack but extend it along the Controller rails using the cable management arm(CMA).

Note: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller before replacing thefan module. Disconnect the power cables before performing the fan modulereplacement procedure.

Note: For fan replacement, the Replaceable Unit list displays the names of eachfan. Each power supply contains one fan, and each fan module contains two fans.If a fan fails in a power supply, replace the power supply. If a fan fails in a fanmodule, replace the fan module. The following list identifies the names of thefans and the corresponding customer replaceable unit (CRU).

If the following fan fails Replace the following CRUFan 0 Power supply 0Fan 1 Power supply 1Fans 2, 3 Fan module 0Fans 4, 5 Fan module 1

Controller Replacement Procedures

118

If the following fan fails Replace the following CRUFans 6, 7 Fan module 2Fans 8, 9 Fan module 3Fans 10, 11 Fan module 4

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Open the Controller Top Cover

5 Remove a Fan Module

6 Insert a Fan Module

7 Close the Controller Top Cover

8 Complete the Component Replacement

9 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.

4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Controller Replacement Procedures

119

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 70: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Controller Replacement Procedures

120

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Figure 71: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Open the Controller Top Cover

Controller Replacement Procedures

121

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 72: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger, grasp the removal tab and gently lift thefan module from the fan compartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

122

Figure 73: Remove fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Removal tab

4 Fan module

Note: Pulling the green tab from the middle releases the locking tab foreach individual fan.

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside.

Note: The fan compartment might come out when the last fan module isremoved.

Insert a Fan Module

Insert the replacement fan module into the Controller.

Controller Replacement Procedures

123

Figure 74: Insert fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Fan module

Note: Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seatthe fan module into the fan compartment. The fan modules are notched toensure that they are installed in the correct orientation.

Note: Repeat for each additional fan module.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

124

Figure 75: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

125

Replace a Controller Power SupplyPower supplies, which exist in pairs, provide DC power to all of the Controllercomponents. If one power supply fails, the other supply carries the full load. Thissituation creates a risk of Controller failure should the other power supply alsofail.

A failed Controller can cause data paths to drop.

Prerequisites: • Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasingthe release buttons and extending the Controller.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Make sure you have a similar replacement powersupply available before you start the replacementprocedure.

• Initiate Guided Maintenance only when you are ableto replace the power supplies immediately.

Each Controller has a pair of power supplies that are located at the back of theController. Power supplies are customer replaceable units (CRUs). Replacing apower supply does not require you to bring the Controller offline, provided thatthe other power supply is online and working. The following figure identifies thelocation of the Controller power supplies.

Figure 76: Power supply location

Legend 1 Power supply-0 (PS-0)

2 Power supply-1 (PS-1)

Note: To replace a power supply, you can access the faulted power supply fromthe back of the Controller module. To access the power supply located in the

Controller Replacement Procedures

126

bottom slot (PS-1), the CMA clip must be disconnected to enable the powersupply to clear the support arm.

Note: Replacing the power supply does not require you to slide the Controllerinto the extended rack position and can be performed while the Controller is inthe rack position.

Note: Ensure that the power strain relief strap on the power supply is positionedcorrectly such that there is proper clearance and the power supplies can be re-inserted into the power supply compartment without interference.

Note: Ensure that the power cable is routed correctly and there is no interferencewith the Controller chassis.

Important: Do not remove the failed power supply until you have a replacementpower supply to ensure proper airflow in the Controller.

Note: For fan replacement, the Replaceable Unit list displays the names of eachfan. Each power supply contains one fan, and each fan module contains two fans.If a fan fails in a power supply, replace the power supply. If a fan fails in a fanmodule, replace the fan module. The following list identifies the names of thefans and the corresponding customer replaceable unit (CRU).

If the following fan fails Replace the following CRUFan 0 Power supply 0Fan 1 Power supply 1Fans 2, 3 Fan module 0Fans 4, 5 Fan module 1Fans 6, 7 Fan module 2Fans 8, 9 Fan module 3Fans 10, 11 Fan module 4

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Power Cords

3 Remove a Power Supply

4 Insert a Power Supply

5 Insert the Power Cords

6 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Controller Replacement Procedures

127

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify the

chassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Power Cords

Disconnect the power cord from the power supply.

Controller Replacement Procedures

128

Figure 77: Disconnect the power cord

Legend 1 Power supply cord

2 Power supply handle

Note: Ensure that the power cord has been disconnected from the faultedpower supply.

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Remove a Power Supply

1 Remove the power supply by grasping the power supply handle andpushing the power supply latch to the left.

Figure 78: Controller power supply latch

Legend 1 Power supply handle 3 Power supply

Controller Replacement Procedures

129

2 Power supply latch 4 Controller back

Figure 79: Remove power supply

Legend 1 Power supply

2 Power supply compartment

3 Controller

2 If both power supplies must be removed, label the power supplies with theslot numbers from which they are removed.

Note: Removing both power supplies will result in the immediateshutdown of the Controller. Do not pull both power supplies from anactive and running Controller.

Note: The power supplies must be re-installed into the same slots fromwhich they were removed.

3 Pull the power supply out of the chassis and place it on an antistatic mat.

Insert a Power Supply

1 Slide the replacement power supply into the power supply compartment atthe back of the Controller until it is fully seated.

Controller Replacement Procedures

130

Figure 80: Insert power supply

Legend 1 Power supply

2 Power supply compartment

3 Controller chassis

2 Listen for an audible click or feel the power supply engage to confirm thatthe power supply is properly seated.

Note: Repeat for each power supply. Also, replace the power supplies onlyinto the slots from which they had been removed.

Insert the Power Cords

Connect the power cord to the power supply.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM)If a failed energy storage module (ESM) is not replaced, you run the risk of losingthe data that is temporarily stored in the flash memory. If the external power to

Controller Replacement Procedures

131

the Controller is lost as well, the potential for data loss rises dramatically. In caseof an ESM failure, the Controller should go into write-through (conservative)mode so there is no data loss. Nevertheless, a failed ESM must be replaced assoon as possible to avoid the risk of data loss and to restore system performance.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface todischarge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that a replacement ESM or a filler panel available toreplace the ESM that you will be removing.

Each Controller has one ESM for every NVDIMM. ESMs are located inside theController's ESM drive compartment. An Oracle Flash Storage System with abasic configuration contains two ESMs and two NVDIMMs. An Oracle FS Systemconfigured for performance contains four ESMs and four NVDIMMS. ESMs arecustomer replaceable units (CRUs). The following figure shows the location ofthe ESM modules.

Figure 81: ESM

Legend 1 ESM 0

2 ESM1

3 ESM 2

Controller Replacement Procedures

132

4 ESM 3

Important: Do not mix ESM and NVDIMM types. ESM type must match theNVDIMM type. For example, an ESM labeled A (ESM-A) must be paired with anNVDIMM labeled A (NVDIMM-A); The NVDIMM type is printed on a smalllabel near the end of the NVDIMM cable.

Note: To replace an ESM, you do not need to remove the Controller from the rackor even extend it along the Controller rails.

Note: Make a note of the ESM slot where the failed ESM was located so that thereplacement ESM can be placed in the same slot to avoid the risk of mis-configuration. Alternatively, replace the ESMs only one at a time, so that there isonly one empty ESM slot at any point in time.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove an Air Filter

3 Remove a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM)

4 Insert an Energy Storage Module

5 Insert an Air Filter

6 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify the

chassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

Controller Replacement Procedures

133

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove an Air Filter

1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.

2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs anddisengage the air filter.

Figure 82: Air filter release tabs

Controller Replacement Procedures

134

Legend 1 Release tabs

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Figure 83: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Remove a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM)

1 Remove the Controller ESM from the drive compartment by pushing thelatch release button to open the latch.

Figure 84: Open ESM latch

Controller Replacement Procedures

135

Legend 1 ESM

2 Latch release button

3 Controller front

Important: Do not bend the latch too far to the right. Bending the latch candamage the latch.

Important: When you remove an ESM, be sure to replace it immediatelywith another ESM or a filler panel. Otherwise, the Controller mightoverheat because of improper airflow.

2 Grasp the latch and pull the ESM out of the Controller drive compartment.

Figure 85: Remove ESM

Legend 1 ESM

2 Controller drive compartment

3 Controller front

3 Set the failed component aside.

Insert an Energy Storage Module

1 Insert the ESM into the correct slot.

Note: The Controller might have filler panels covering the empty slots inthe ESM drive compartment.

2 Slide the replacement ESM into the drive compartment until the ESM isfully seated into the slot.

Controller Replacement Procedures

136

Figure 86: Insert ESM

Legend 1 ESM

2 Controller drive compartment

3 Controller front

Note: Be sure to install the replacement ESM in the same slot from whichthe ESM was removed.

3 Close the drive carrier latch to lock the ESM in place.

Figure 87: Secure ESM into drive slot

Legend 1 ESM

2 Controller drive compartment

3 Controller front

Note: Do not force the drive carrier latch. You can damage the drive carrierlatch if you apply too much force.

Controller Replacement Procedures

137

Power On the ControllerPower on the Controller using the power button and the ILOM webinterface.

Note: As soon as the power cords are connected to the Controller, standbypower is applied. In standby power mode, the Power/OK LED on theController front panel blinks every five seconds or so. However, to applymain power to the Controller, you must use the power button and the webinterface. When main power is applied to the Controller, the green Power/OK LED on the front panel of the Controller blinks steadily. When theController BIOS has completed booting, the OK LED remains lit.

Insert an Air Filter

1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom twohooks into the mounting tabs.

Figure 88: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

138

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller RiserA riser board assembly provides network and data-path connections for networkor read and write operations. If the assembly fails, read and write operationscarried by the HBAs will fail as well.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Disconnect any cables connected to the PCIe cards inthe riser that must be replaced.

Each Controller contains three PCI-express (PCIe) risers that are located side byside at the back of the Controller. The three risers, though similar, are notinterchangeable. Each riser hosts two PCIe3 slots and can accommodate twoPCIe3 host bus adapters (HBAs). The risers are customer replaceable units(CRUs). Replacing a riser assembly requires you to bring the Controller offline.The following figure shows the location of the three risers.

Note: By design, the risers are mechanically dependent upon each other. Even ifthere are no PCIe3 HBAs installed, all risers must be installed.

Figure 89: Riser locations

Controller Replacement Procedures

139

Legend 1 Riser 1

2 Riser 2

3 Riser 3 with latch

Note: The risers can be accessed only after removing the top cover over theController chassis.

Note: To replace a riser, you do not need to remove the Controller from the rackbut extend it along the Controller rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

Note: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller before replacing theriser. Disconnect the power cords before performing the riser replacementprocedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Disconnect Controller Cabling

5 Open the Controller Top Cover

6 Remove a Riser

7 Insert a Riser

8 Close the Controller Top Cover

9 Reconnect Controller Cabling

10 Complete the Component Replacement

11 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.

3 Select Actions > Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.

Controller Replacement Procedures

140

5 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 90: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Controller Replacement Procedures

141

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Figure 91: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

142

Disconnect Controller CablingDisconnect all data cables from the Controller.

Note: All cables must be dis-connected from the Controller and labelledsuch that they can be reconnected accurately to the Controller after thereplacement procedure is complete. Reconnecting cables to the incorrectposition might impact the performance of the Controller or result in acomplete loss of functionality.

Note: Service the Controller components from the front of the Controllerwhile the Controller is in service position.

Note: Do not lean on or place any weight on the Controller while theController is in the service position.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 92: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove a Riser

1 Disconnect any external cables that remain connected to the HBAs in therisers.

Controller Replacement Procedures

143

Note: Also disconnect any internal cables attached to the HBAs, if that willease removing the HBA.

Tip: Make a note of the positions of all existing cable connections beforeremoving any cables. Replacing HBAs or their cables into the incorrectposition in the riser may result in a loss of performance or functionality.

2 Note the position of the HBAs installed on the riser.

Tip: Make a note of the slot numbers of all existing HBAs before removingany HBAs.

3 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, loosen the two Phillips Number 2captive screws on either side of the riser that hold the riser to theController motherboard.

Note: The riser on the opposite end of the power supply has a latch thatmust be disengaged to remove the riser from the Controller chassis

Figure 93: Captive screws to secure the risers

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws that secure riser

To remove riser 3, unlock the latch to release the riser from the Controllermotherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

144

Figure 94: Unlock Riser 3 latch

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

4 Carefully pull the riser straight up and place it aside.

Figure 95: Remove riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

Controller Replacement Procedures

145

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Insert a Riser

1 Lower the riser onto the Controller motherboard and press the riser edgeconnector securely into the socket.

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Figure 96: Insert riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

2 After the riser is seated properly inside the Controller, tighten the twocaptive Phillips screws on both sides of the riser to secure the riser on theController motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

146

Figure 97: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws

To install riser 3, lock the latch to secure the riser to theControllerReplication Engine motherboard.

Figure 98: Riser 3 latch locked

Controller Replacement Procedures

147

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

3 Reconnect any previously removed internal or external cables to any HBAsinstalled in the riser.

4 Repeat the above steps for any additional risers that you are installing.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Figure 99: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Reconnect Controller Cabling

1 Reconnect all the data cables on the Controller.

Controller Replacement Procedures

148

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Controller so that the cables can be reconnected accurately to theController after the replacement procedure is complete.

2 Reconnect the CMA to the Controller by attaching the release tab on theleft and right side of the CMA.

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller HBAAn HBA is a circuit board installed inside the Controller riser board assembly.

A failed HBA might cause a Controller failure that could result in the remainingControllers to shoulder the load. Therefore, if failed, an HBA must be replacedimmediately. Additional HBAs can also be added to existing configurations.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Keep filler panels available in case you only removethe HBA and do not plan to replace the HBAimmediately.

Controller Replacement Procedures

149

Note: Filler panels ensure proper airflow inside theController.

• Use only the filler panels provided with theController to maintain proper airflow and EMIconformance for empty slots inside the Controller.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

• Label all cables connected to the Controller so thatthey can be reconnected accurately to the Controllerafter the replacement procedure is complete.

Note: Replacing an HBA might require changes to the port’s world wide name(WWN).

Each Oracle Flash Storage System supports two types of HBA connectivity SAN(FC or iSCSI HBA 16Gb, optical only) and NAS (10 GbE HBA). The placement ofthe HBA inside the riser slot is based on the Oracle FS System configurationoption selected. All HBAs supported in the Oracle FS System are customerreplaceable units (CRUs). Replacement of an HBA requires you to bring theController offline. HBAs connecting to host servers must be placed into slots 1, 4,and 5 on the risers. HBAs connecting to Drive Enclosures must be placed intoslots 2, 3, and 6 on the risers. You must install all HBAs according to the slotnumbers listed in the following table.

HBA System type Slot number

16 Gb/s Fibre Channel (FC) or 10GbE iSCSI universal HBA,QLogic

SAN 1, 4, 5

10 Gb/s Ethernet dual port or fibre SFP+ NAS 1, 4, 5

6 Gb/s SAS PCIe-3, 4x4 port ALL 3,6,2

Note: Replacement of the HBA will result in a change to the world wide portname (WWPN) of the HBA

Note: If both Ethernet and FC HBA are used, insert the Ethernet HBA in the firstslot of the riser.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Disconnect Controller Cabling

5 Open the Controller Top Cover

Controller Replacement Procedures

150

6 Remove a Riser

7 Remove an HBA

8 Insert an HBA

9 Insert a Riser

10 Close the Controller Top Cover

11 Reconnect Controller Cabling

12 Complete the Component Replacement

13 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify the

chassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller and

Controller Replacement Procedures

151

automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 100: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

152

Figure 101: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Disconnect Controller Cabling

Disconnect all data cables from the Controller.

Note: All cables must be dis-connected from the Controller and labelledsuch that they can be reconnected accurately to the Controller after thereplacement procedure is complete. Reconnecting cables to the incorrect

Controller Replacement Procedures

153

position might impact the performance of the Controller or result in acomplete loss of functionality.

Note: Service the Controller components from the front of the Controllerwhile the Controller is in service position.

Note: Do not lean on or place any weight on the Controller while theController is in the service position.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 102: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove a Riser

1 Disconnect any external cables that remain connected to the HBAs in therisers.

Note: Also disconnect any internal cables attached to the HBAs, if that willease removing the HBA.

Controller Replacement Procedures

154

Tip: Make a note of the positions of all existing cable connections beforeremoving any cables. Replacing HBAs or their cables into the incorrectposition in the riser may result in a loss of performance or functionality.

2 Note the position of the HBAs installed on the riser.

Tip: Make a note of the slot numbers of all existing HBAs before removingany HBAs.

3 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, loosen the two Phillips Number 2captive screws on either side of the riser that hold the riser to theController motherboard.

Note: The riser on the opposite end of the power supply has a latch thatmust be disengaged to remove the riser from the Controller chassis

Figure 103: Captive screws to secure the risers

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws that secure riser

To remove riser 3, unlock the latch to release the riser from the Controllermotherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

155

Figure 104: Unlock Riser 3 latch

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

4 Carefully pull the riser straight up and place it aside.

Figure 105: Remove riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

Controller Replacement Procedures

156

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Remove an HBA

1 Disconnect any cables that are connected to the HBAs inside the riser.If you have not done so already, note the ports from which the cables aredisconnected in the HBA, so that the cables can be reconnected to theiroriginal ports when the HBA is replaced.

2 Swing the riser retainer latch (for riser 3) to its fully open (180 degrees)position.

Figure 106: Unlock riser retainer latch to release HBA

Legend 1 Riser retainer latch

2 HBA

3 Riser

3 Lift the HBA off of the alignment pin of the riser slot.

Controller Replacement Procedures

157

Figure 107: Remove HBA from riser slots

Legend 1 Riser

2 Riser slots

3 HBA

Note: If you cannot replace the HBA immediately, insert a filler panel in thevacant slot. The filler panel ensures proper airflow in the Controller.

Insert an HBA

1 When all HBAs have been installed in this riser, swing the riser retainerlatch and unscrew the filler panels on the riser (if any), so that the HBAscan be inserted into the PCIe slots of the replacement riser.

Note: If you are replacing an HBA from the riser with the retainer latch,swing the retainer latch to its fully open (180 degrees) position.

2 Orient the HBA so that the brackets of the HBA align with the alignmentpin in the PCIe slot of the riser.

Important: Hold the HBA by the edges. Do not touch the metal contacts onthe bottom of the card.

3 Push the connectors on the edge of the HBA into the PCIe slot by pushingfirmly to seat the card.

Controller Replacement Procedures

158

Figure 108: Insert HBA into riser slot

Legend 1 Riser

2 Riser slots

3 HBA

4 Apply firm pressure on each end of the HBA alternately until it clicks intoplace in the riser socket.

CAUTION: Support the HBA and the riser as necessary to preventexcessive flexure. Otherwise, the HBA or the riser card might be damaged.

5 When all HBAs have been installed in this riser, swing the retainer latch toits fully closed position. If there is resistance, check the alignment of theHBA and try again.

Figure 109: HBA retainer latch

Legend 1 Riser retainer latch

2 HBA

3 Riser

Controller Replacement Procedures

159

6 Repeat the procedure for any additional PCIe3 HBAs that might beinstalled in the other risers.

7 Reconnect any cables that had been disconnected from the HBAs.

Note: Make sure that disconnected cables from the HBAs are connected totheir original ports.

Insert a Riser

1 Lower the riser onto the Controller motherboard and press the riser edgeconnector securely into the socket.

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Figure 110: Insert riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

2 After the riser is seated properly inside the Controller, tighten the twocaptive Phillips screws on both sides of the riser to secure the riser on theController motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

160

Figure 111: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws

To install riser 3, lock the latch to secure the riser to theControllerReplication Engine motherboard.

Figure 112: Riser 3 latch locked

Controller Replacement Procedures

161

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

3 Reconnect any previously removed internal or external cables to any HBAsinstalled in the riser.

4 Repeat the above steps for any additional risers that you are installing.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Figure 113: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Reconnect Controller Cabling1 Reconnect all the data cables on the Controller.

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Controller so that the cables can be reconnected accurately to theController after the replacement procedure is complete.

Controller Replacement Procedures

162

2 Reconnect the CMA to the Controller by attaching the release tab on theleft and right side of the CMA.

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller DIMMDual in-line memory modules (DIMMs) provide random access memory (RAM)for the central processing units (CPUs) configured in the Controller. DIMMs areconnected to the DIMM slots located on both sides of the central processing unit(CPUs) and heat sinks on the Controller motherboard. A failed DIMM mightcause the Controller to shut down and must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Controller Replacement Procedures

163

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

• Ensure that all DIMM slots are filled with either fillerpanels or DIMMs to ensure proper airflow.

A basic Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System has two standard DIMMs and aperformance Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System has 12 standard DIMMs. TheDIMMs in the Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System have 16 GB memory.

DIMMs are customer replaceable units (CRUs). Replacing a DIMM requires youto bring the Controller offline. The following figure depicts a DIMM memorymodule.

Figure 114: DIMM memory module

The following diagram indicates the location of the DIMMs in the DIMM slots.

Controller Replacement Procedures

164

Figure 115: DIMMs in DIMM slots

Note: The DIMMs can be accessed only after removing the cover over theController chassis.

Note: To replace a DIMM, you do not need to remove the Controller from therack but extend it along the Controller rails using the cable management arm(CMA).

Note: All DIMM fault LEDs are located next to the DIMM slots along with theDIMM slot number.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller beforeremoving or installing the DIMM.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Open the Controller Top Cover

5 Remove an Air Filter

6 Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

7 Remove an Air Duct

8 Remove a DIMM

9 Insert a DIMM

10 Lower the Drive Compartment

Controller Replacement Procedures

165

11 Insert an Air Duct

12 Insert an Air Filter

13 Close the Controller Top Cover

14 Complete the Component Replacement

15 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.

4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

Controller Replacement Procedures

166

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 116: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

167

Figure 117: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Controller Replacement Procedures

168

Figure 118: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove an Air Filter1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs and

disengage the air filter.

Figure 119: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

Controller Replacement Procedures

169

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Figure 120: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.

Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

170

Figure 121: Cables connected to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Controller Replacement Procedures

171

Figure 122: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Figure 123: Drive compartment raised

Controller Replacement Procedures

172

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Figure 124: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Controller Replacement Procedures

173

Figure 125: Air duct

Remove a DIMM

1 Remove the DIMMs by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theDIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Figure 126: Remove DIMMs

Legend 1 Tabs to release DIMMs

2 DIMM

3 DIMM slot

Note: Pressing on the fault remind button on the motherboard lights up thefault LED. The fault remind button helps to identify the faulted DIMMs.However, press the fault remind button only when necessary, because the

Controller Replacement Procedures

174

capacitor powering up the fault remind button can be sustained only for 60seconds.

Note: While inserting or removing DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

2 Lift out the DIMM and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the slots and the memory for physical damage bychecking for cracked or broken plastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes memory might fault because of dust or improperalignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dust the memory.

Insert a DIMM

Press the DIMM fully into the DIMM slot and ensure that the tabs on bothsides of the DIMM are locked.

Figure 127: Insert Controller DIMM

Legend 1 DIMM

2 Tabs to secure DIMMs

3 DIMM notch aligns with the DIMM slots

Note: While inserting DIMMs, ensure that there is no interference with thecables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables might cause damage to thecables during the replacement procedure.

Controller Replacement Procedures

175

Figure 128: DIMM alignment over DIMM slots

Important: Ensure that the notch in the DIMM lines up with the key in theslot.

Note: Replace only one DIMM at a time to make sure that they are insertedinto the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple DIMMs into the slotsmight damage the DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert fillers into empty slotsto ensure proper air flow inside the Controller.

Lower the Drive Compartment1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside the

Controller and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

176

Figure 129: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Insert an Air Duct

Secure the air duct inside the Controller by tightening the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws into position.

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward, the right bracket slides back when facingthe Controller in the service position.

Insert an Air Filter1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom two

hooks into the mounting tabs.

Controller Replacement Procedures

177

Figure 130: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

178

Figure 131: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

179

Replace a Controller NV-DIMMNon-volatile dual inline memory module (NV-DIMM) backs up data without abattery. In case of a power failure or system crash, the data in the NV-DIMM issecurely preserved and available almost immediately upon power being restoredto the Controller. A failed NV-DIMM can shut down the Controller and must berestored as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that all DIMM and NV-DIMM slots are filledwith either filler panels or DIMMs or NV-DIMMs toensure proper airflow.

• Ensure that the ESM type matches the NV-DIMMtype. For example: ESM-A with NV-DIMM-A.

• Rotate the ESM drive cage and remove the air duct toaccess the NV-DIMMs for replacement.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

An Oracle Flash Storage System with a basic configuration contains two NV-DIMMs. An Oracle FS System configured for performance contains four NV-DIMMS. Each NV-DIMM is connected to an energy storage module (ESM)through a cable. If the power to the Controller is lost, each NV-DIMM receivespower from the ESM to preserve the data in the NV-DIMM until power isrestored and the Controller software recovers the data. This prevents the data inthe cache from being destabilized. An NV-DIMM is a field replaceable unit(FRU). Replacing an NV-DIMM requires you to bring the Controller offline. Thefollowing figure shows a close-up view of the NV-DIMM.

Controller Replacement Procedures

180

Figure 132: NV-DIMM

Note: The NV-DIMMs can be accessed only after removing the cover over theController chassis.

Note: Do not mix ESM and NVDIMM types. ESM type must match theNVDIMM type. For example, an ESM labelled A (ESM-A) must be paired withan NVDIMM labelled A (NVDIMM-A); The NVDIMM type is printed on a smalllabel near the end of the NVDIMM cable.

Note: To replace an NV-DIMM, you do not need to remove the Controller fromthe rack but extend it along the Controller rails using the cable management arm(CMA).

Note: All NV-DIMM fault LEDs are located next to the NV-DIMM slots alongwith the NV-DIMM slot number.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller beforeremoving or installing the NV-DIMM. Disconnect the power cables beforeperforming the NV-DIMM replacement procedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Open the Controller Top Cover

5 Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

6 Remove an Air Duct

7 Remove an NV-DIMM

8 Insert an NVDIMM

9 Insert an Air Duct

10 Lower the Drive Compartment

Controller Replacement Procedures

181

11 Close the Controller Top Cover

12 Complete the Component Replacement

13 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify the

chassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs you

Controller Replacement Procedures

182

to replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 133: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

183

Figure 134: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Controller Replacement Procedures

184

Figure 135: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.

Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Figure 136: Cables connected to the backplane

Controller Replacement Procedures

185

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Figure 137: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

Controller Replacement Procedures

186

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Figure 138: Drive compartment raised

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Controller Replacement Procedures

187

Figure 139: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Figure 140: Air duct

Controller Replacement Procedures

188

Remove an NV-DIMM

1 Remove the NV-DIMMs by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theNV-DIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Figure 141: Remove an NV-DIMM

Legend 1 Tabs to release NV-DIMM

2 NV-DIMM

3 NV-DIMM slot

Note: While inserting or removing NV-DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

Note: Pressing the fault remind button on the motherboard lights up thefault LEDs of the NV-DIMMs even if the power cords are dis-connected.The fault remind button helps to identify the faulted LEDs.

2 Lift out the NV-DIMM from the slot and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the DIMM slots, NV-DIMM slots, the DIMM, andthe NV-DIMM for physical damage by checking for cracked or brokenplastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes DIMMs and NV-DIMMs might fault because of dust orimproper alignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dustDIMMs or NV-DIMMs.

Insert an NVDIMM

Controller Replacement Procedures

189

Press the NV-DIMM fully into the NV-DIMM slot and ensure that the tabson both sides of the NV-DIMM are locked.

Important: Ensure that the notch in the NV-DIMM lines up with the key inthe slot.

Note: Replace only one NV-DIMM at a time to make sure that they areinserted into the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple NV-DIMMsinto the slots might damage the NV-DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM or an NV-DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert fillersinto empty DIMM or NV-DIMM slots to ensure proper air flow inside theController.

Note: NV-DIMM slot numbering is different from ESM slot numbering.Refer to the NV-DIMM-to-ESM cabling map on the service label of theESM drive cage for more information.

Insert an Air Duct

Secure the air duct inside the Controller by tightening the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws into position.

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward, the right bracket slides back when facingthe Controller in the service position.

Lower the Drive Compartment1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside the

Controller and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

190

Figure 142: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

191

Figure 143: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

192

Replace a Controller ESM BackplaneThe energy storage module (ESM) backplane provides a physical interconnect forthe ESMs. The ESM backplane, if damaged, prevents the ESM modules fromseating properly. Improper seating prevents the modules from providing backuppower to flash memory, which can lead to data loss.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Remove the ESMs from the ESM drive compartmentand make a note of the drive slots so that they can bere-inserted after the replacement procedure.

• Note the slot positions of the ESMs and the boot drivebefore performing the replacement procedure for theESM backplane.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Controller has an ESM backplane that is located at the back of theController drive compartment. The ESM backplane is a field replaceable unit(FRU). Replacing an ESM backplane requires you to bring the Controller offline.The following figure shows the ESM backplane.

Figure 144: ESM backplane

Note: The ESM backplane can be accessed only after removing the cover over theController chassis.

Note: To replace an ESM backplane, you do not need to remove the Controllerfrom the rack but extend it along the Controller rails using the cable managementarm (CMA).

Note: The ESM drive compartment must be disengaged and raised inside theController chassis to perform many of the replacement procedures.

CAUTION: Replacement of the Controller ESM backplane requires assistancefrom Oracle Customer Support.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller beforeremoving or installing the ESM backplane. Disconnect the power cables beforeperforming the ESM backplane replacement procedure.

Controller Replacement Procedures

193

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Disconnect Controller Cabling

5 Remove Components From the Controller

6 Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

7 Remove a Backplane

8 Insert the Backplane

9 Insert Components on the Controller

10 Reconnect Controller Cabling

11 Complete the Component Replacement

12 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.3 Select Actions > Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.5 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify the

chassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Controller Replacement Procedures

194

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 145: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

195

Figure 146: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Remove Components From the Controller

Note: Some components must be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component.

Note: All components that are removed from the Controller must be placed on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Controller Replacement Procedures

196

Remove an Air Filter

1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.

2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs anddisengage the air filter.

Figure 147: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Controller Replacement Procedures

197

Figure 148: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 149: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

198

Remove a Controller Energy Storage Module (ESM)

1 Remove the Controller ESM from the drive compartment by pushing thelatch release button to open the latch.

Figure 150: Open ESM latch

Legend 1 ESM

2 Latch release button

3 Controller front

Important: Do not bend the latch too far to the right. Bending the latch candamage the latch.

Important: When you remove an ESM, be sure to replace it immediatelywith another ESM or a filler panel. Otherwise, the Controller mightoverheat because of improper airflow.

2 Grasp the latch and pull the ESM out of the Controller drive compartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

199

Figure 151: Remove ESM

Legend 1 ESM

2 Controller drive compartment

3 Controller front

3 Set the failed component aside.

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Figure 152: Cables connected to the backplane

Controller Replacement Procedures

200

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Figure 153: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

Controller Replacement Procedures

201

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Figure 154: Drive compartment raised

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove a Backplane

1 Remove the five screws that secure the backplane boards to the drivecompartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

202

Figure 155: Unscrew the backplane boards

Legend 1 Screws securing the backplane boards

2 Backplane board

3 Drive compartment

2 Lift the backplane board off of the alignment pins and out of the Controllerchassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

203

Figure 156: Remove the backplane boards

Legend 1 Drive compartment

2 Backplane boards

3 Place the backplane on an antistatic mat.

Insert the Backplane

1 Position the backplane boards to where it will install into theControllerReplication Engine chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

204

Figure 157: Backplane boards

Legend 1 Drive compartment

2 Backplane boards

Note: The backplane boards align with the drive connectors. In thefollowing diagram, the two alignment holes are on the left and the singlealignment hole is on the right.

2 Install and tighten the five screws that secure the backplane boards ontothe drive compartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

205

Figure 158: Backplane boards secured

Legend 1 Screws securing the backplane boards

2 Backplane board

3 Drive compartment

3 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

4 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside theController and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

5 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

206

Figure 159: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

6 Re-install the drives into the backplane in the appropriate locations.

Insert Components on the ControllerInsert the necessary components on the Controller following theprocedures outlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component. These components mustbe reinstalled after completing the replacement.

Insert an Energy Storage Module

1 Insert the ESM into the correct slot.

Note: The Controller might have filler panels covering the empty slots inthe ESM drive compartment.

2 Slide the replacement ESM into the drive compartment until the ESM isfully seated into the slot.

Controller Replacement Procedures

207

Figure 160: Insert ESM

Legend 1 ESM

2 Controller drive compartment

3 Controller front

Note: Be sure to install the replacement ESM in the same slot from whichthe ESM was removed.

3 Close the drive carrier latch to lock the ESM in place.

Figure 161: Secure ESM into drive slot

Legend 1 ESM

2 Controller drive compartment

3 Controller front

Note: Do not force the drive carrier latch. You can damage the drive carrierlatch if you apply too much force.

Controller Replacement Procedures

208

Insert an Air Filter

1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom twohooks into the mounting tabs.

Figure 162: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

209

Figure 163: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

210

Replace a Controller Heat SinkThe heat sink serves as a cooling device to prevent the CPU in the Controllerfrom overheating. A damaged heat sink can cause the Controller CPU tooverheat, which would cause the CPU to fail. You must replace a damaged heatsink as soon as possible.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller before replacingthe heat sink. Disconnect the power cables before performing the heat sinkreplacement procedure.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Controller has two heat sinks located above the CPUs on the Controllermotherboard. Heat sinks are usually durable and need not be replaced. Heatsinks are field replaceable units (FRUs). Replacing a heat sink requires you tobring the Controller offline. The following figure displays the Controller heatsink.

Figure 164: Heat sink

Note: The heat sinks can be accessed only after removing the cover over theController chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

211

Note: To replace a heat sink, you do not need to remove the Controller from therack but extend it along the Controller rails.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Open the Controller Top Cover

5 Remove an Air Duct

6 Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

7 Remove a Heat Sink

8 Insert a Heat Sink

9 Insert an Air Duct

10 Close the Controller Top Cover

11 Lower the Drive Compartment

12 Complete the Component Replacement

13 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.

3 Select Actions > Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.

5 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Controller Replacement Procedures

212

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 165: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

213

Figure 166: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Controller Replacement Procedures

214

Figure 167: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Controller Replacement Procedures

215

Figure 168: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Figure 169: Air duct

Controller Replacement Procedures

216

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Figure 170: Cables connected to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

217

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Figure 171: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Controller Replacement Procedures

218

Figure 172: Drive compartment raised

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove a Heat Sink

1 Remove the access window on the air duct to remove the heat sink andCPU.

2 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink thatsecure the heat sink to the Controller chassis a few turns at a time in adiametrically opposed pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Figure 173: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

Controller Replacement Procedures

219

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Note: Loosen one screw, then loosen the screw opposite that screw on theheat sink to prevent it from warping the motherboard on which it ismounted.

3 Gently twist the heat sink left and right, while pulling upward, to separatethe heat sink from the top of the CPU.

Note: A thin layer of thermal grease separates the heat sink and the CPU.This thermal grease also acts as an adhesive.

CAUTION: Do not allow the thermal grease to contaminate the work spaceor other components.

4 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside on an antistatic mat.

5 Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal grease hasdried out and use an alcohol pad to clean the thermal grease from theunderside of the heat sink.

Note: Be careful not to get the thermal grease on your fingers, as this couldresult in contamination of components.

CAUTION: Failure to clean the heat sink before removing the CPU canresult in the accidental contamination of the CPU socket or othercomponents.

Insert a Heat Sink

1 Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Controller motherboard byinserting the four screws on the four sides of the heat sink.

Note: Ensure that the CPU is cleaned with an alcohol pad and freshthermal grease is applied, when installing a new heat sink, to preventoverheating and damage to the CPU.

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned correctlyand the screws on diagonal ends of the heat sink are tightened first. Aslight force might need to be applied to push down the screwdriver whiletightening the screws to overcome the tension generated.

2 Tighten the four Phillips screws on the heat sink a few turns at a time in adiametrically opposed pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Controller Replacement Procedures

220

Figure 174: Insert heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Insert an Air Duct

Secure the air duct inside the Controller by tightening the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws into position.

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward, the right bracket slides back when facingthe Controller in the service position.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

221

Figure 175: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Lower the Drive Compartment

1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside theController and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

222

Figure 176: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

223

Replace a Controller CPUThe CPU provides data computing and processing power to the Controller. Afailed CPU might impact the processing power of the Oracle Flash StorageSystem and must be replaced as soon as possible.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller before replacingthe CPU. Disconnect the power cables before performing the CPU replacementprocedure.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have the thermal grease and syringeavailable to clean the CPU.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Controller has two CPUs located under the two heat sinks inside thechassis. A CPU is a small square component that contains multiple pins orconnectors on the underside and is inserted pin side down into the CPU socketlocated in the motherboard. The CPU is a field replaceable unit (FRU). Replacinga CPU requires you to power down the Controller. The following figure showsthe location of the CPU on the Controller motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

224

Figure 177: CPU location

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

4 CPU socket levers

The following figure shows a Controller CPU.

Figure 178: CPU

CAUTION: Replacement of the Controller CPU requires assistance from OracleCustomer Support.

Note: The CPUs can be accessed only after removing the cover over theController chassis.

Note: To replace a CPU, you do not need to remove the Controller from the rackbut extend it along the Controller rails.

Controller Replacement Procedures

225

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Open the Controller Top Cover

5 Remove an Air Duct

6 Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

7 Remove a Heat Sink

8 Remove a CPU

9 Insert a CPU

10 Insert a Heat Sink

11 Close the Controller Top Cover

12 Lower the Drive Compartment

13 Complete the Component Replacement

14 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.

4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Controller Replacement Procedures

226

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 179: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Controller Replacement Procedures

227

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Figure 180: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Open the Controller Top Cover

Controller Replacement Procedures

228

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 181: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Controller Replacement Procedures

229

Figure 182: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Figure 183: Air duct

Controller Replacement Procedures

230

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Figure 184: Cables connected to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

231

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Figure 185: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Controller Replacement Procedures

232

Figure 186: Drive compartment raised

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove a Heat Sink

1 Remove the access window on the air duct to remove the heat sink andCPU.

2 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink thatsecure the heat sink to the Controller chassis a few turns at a time in adiametrically opposed pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Figure 187: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

Controller Replacement Procedures

233

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Note: Loosen one screw, then loosen the screw opposite that screw on theheat sink to prevent it from warping the motherboard on which it ismounted.

3 Gently twist the heat sink left and right, while pulling upward, to separatethe heat sink from the top of the CPU.

Note: A thin layer of thermal grease separates the heat sink and the CPU.This thermal grease also acts as an adhesive.

CAUTION: Do not allow the thermal grease to contaminate the work spaceor other components.

4 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside on an antistatic mat.

5 Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal grease hasdried out and use an alcohol pad to clean the thermal grease from theunderside of the heat sink.

Note: Be careful not to get the thermal grease on your fingers, as this couldresult in contamination of components.

CAUTION: Failure to clean the heat sink before removing the CPU canresult in the accidental contamination of the CPU socket or othercomponents.

Remove a CPU

1 Disengage the CPU release lever on the right side of the CPU socket(viewing the Controller from the front) by pushing down and moving it tothe side away from the CPU, and then rotating the lever upward.

Figure 188: Disengage CPU release lever

Legend 1 CPU release lever

Controller Replacement Procedures

234

2 CPU

3 CPU socket

Note: This exposes the CPU inside the CPU socket.

2 Disengage the CPU socket release lever on the left side of the CPU socket(viewing the Controller from the front) by pushing down and moving it tothe side away from the CPU, and then rotating the lever upward.

Figure 189: Disengage CPU socket release lever

Legend 1 CPU socket release lever

2 CPU

3 CPU pressure frame

3 Swing the CPU pressure frame to fully open position and gently disengagethe CPU pins on the underside to lift up the CPU from the CPU socket.

CAUTION: Handle the CPU socket pins with extreme care. CPU socketpins are very fragile. A light touch can bend the CPU socket pins anddamage the board beyond repair.

4 Use the syringe to apply approximately 0.1 ml of thermal grease to the topcenter of the CPU.

CAUTION: Whenever you remove a CPU, you must replace it with anotherCPU and reinstall the heat sink. Otherwise, the Controller might overheatdue to improper airflow.

5 Set aside the failed CPU on an antistatic mat.

Insert a CPU

1 Gently align the underside of the CPU to the pins on the CPU socket andpush down to secure the CPU in the socket.

Controller Replacement Procedures

235

CAUTION: Handle the CPU socket pins with extreme care. CPU socketpins are very fragile. A light touch can bend the CPU socket pins anddamage the board beyond repair.

2 Swing the CPU pressure frame to its fully closed position.

Figure 190: Close CPU pressure frame

Legend 1 CPU release lever

2 CPU

3 CPU pressure frame

3 Push down on the two socket release levers of the CPU socket to secure theCPU inside.

Insert a Heat Sink

1 Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Controller motherboard byinserting the four screws on the four sides of the heat sink.

Note: Ensure that the CPU is cleaned with an alcohol pad and freshthermal grease is applied, when installing a new heat sink, to preventoverheating and damage to the CPU.

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned correctlyand the screws on diagonal ends of the heat sink are tightened first. Aslight force might need to be applied to push down the screwdriver whiletightening the screws to overcome the tension generated.

2 Tighten the four Phillips screws on the heat sink a few turns at a time in adiametrically opposed pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Controller Replacement Procedures

236

Figure 191: Insert heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Figure 192: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

Controller Replacement Procedures

237

3 Controller

Lower the Drive Compartment

1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside theController and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Figure 193: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

238

Complete the Component Replacement

1 Slide the Controller back into rack position.

2 Connect the AC power cords to power on the Controller.

Note: The Controller automatically powers up when the power cords areplugged in.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller Identification DisplayThe Controller identification display (CUID) displays the unit number of theController. Accurate numbering of the Controller is essential to avoid confusionin the field and a failed CUID must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

Each Controller has a CUID that is located at the front of the Controller next tothe bezel. The CUID is a customer replaceable unit (CRU). Replacing CUID doesnot require you to bring the Controller offline. The following figure shows theController CUID board.

Controller Replacement Procedures

239

Figure 194: Controller Identification Display (CUID)

Note: To replace a CUID, you do not need to remove the Controller from the rackbut extend it along the Controller rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

Note: The CUID circuit board can be accessed only after removing the cover overthe Controller chassis.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Slide Controller to Service Position

3 Remove an Air Filter

4 Open the Controller Top Cover

5 Remove a Controller Identification Display

6 Insert a Controller Identification Display

7 Close the Controller Top Cover

8 Insert an Air Filter

9 Slide Controller to Rack Position

10 Verify Controller Component Status

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.3 Select Actions > Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.5 Click Next.

Controller Replacement Procedures

240

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

241

Figure 195: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Controller Replacement Procedures

242

Figure 196: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Remove an Air Filter

1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.

2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs anddisengage the air filter.

Figure 197: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

Controller Replacement Procedures

243

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Figure 198: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 199: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

Controller Replacement Procedures

244

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove a Controller Identification Display

1 Disconnect the cable that connects the CUID to the motherboard of theController.

Figure 200: Disconnect the CUID cable

Legend 1 CUID circuit board Number 2 Phillips screw securing the CUID

2 White flexi-cable

3 CUID cable to the motherboard

2 Unscrew the two Phillips Number 2 screws using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver to disengage the CUID circuit board from the display unit.

Controller Replacement Procedures

245

Figure 201: Disengage the CUID circuit board

Legend 1 White flexi-cable or the display flat cable

2 Phillips Number 2 screw securing the CUID

3 CUID circuit board

4 CUID cable to the motherboard

Note: Do not unscrew the green screw that is located near the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws because that will loosen the ESM backplane.

3 Gently remove the white tab on the CUID circuit board to remove thewhite flexi-cable (also known as the display flat cable) that connects theCUID circuit board with the display unit.

Controller Replacement Procedures

246

Figure 202: Remove the white flexi-cable

Legend 1 CUID circuit board

2 CUID white flexi-cable

3 CUID cable to the motherboard

4 Slide the circuit board back when the white flexi-cable or display flat cableis released and set aside.

5 Pull the display unit of the CUID forward and set aside on an antistaticmat.

Insert a Controller Identification Display

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert the display unit from the front of the Controller into the CUID slotand insert the circuit board from the inside of the Controller..

3 Gently re-attach the white flexi-cable that connects the display unit to thecircuit board using the white tabs located on the circuit board.

4 Ensure that the CUID assembly (both the circuit board and the displayunit) is seated securely into the CUID slot.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

247

Figure 203: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Power On the Controller

Power on the Controller using the power button and the ILOM webinterface.

Note: As soon as the power cords are connected to the Controller, standbypower is applied. In standby power mode, the Power/OK LED on theController front panel blinks every five seconds or so. However, to applymain power to the Controller, you must use the power button and the webinterface. When main power is applied to the Controller, the green Power/OK LED on the front panel of the Controller blinks steadily. When theController BIOS has completed booting, the OK LED remains lit.

Insert an Air Filter

1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom twohooks into the mounting tabs.

Controller Replacement Procedures

248

Figure 204: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Slide Controller to Rack Position

Slide the Controller back into the rack.

Note: You must release the rail locking mechanism to slide the Controllerchassis back into the rack.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller LED Alarm AssemblyThe LED alarm assembly is a high-level status indicator of the Controller andController components. The LED alarm assembly also includes a power button to

Controller Replacement Procedures

249

power on the Controller. A failed LED alarm assembly with a malfunctioningpower button can cause problems when the Controller is brought online and canalso provide inaccurate status readings.

Note: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller before removing orinstalling the LED alarm assembly. Disconnect the power cords beforeperforming the LED alarm assembly replacement procedure.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Controller has an LED alarm assembly that is located at the front of theController. An LED alarm assembly is a field replaceable unit (FRU). Replacingan LED alarm assembly requires you to bring the Controller offline. Thefollowing figure shows Controller LED board.

Figure 205: LED board

The following figure shows the front display panel of the LED alarm assembly:

Controller Replacement Procedures

250

Figure 206: LED assembly front display

Legend 1 Chassis identification LED or LocatorLED

5 Service processor LEDs

2 Service Action Required LED orCaution or Fault LED

6 Rear power supply LED

3 Motherboard or Power or OK LED 7 Fault or Alarm LEDs (Critical,Major, Minor)

4 Power switch 8 User Alarm LED

Note: The LED alarm assembly can be accessed only after removing the coverover the Controller chassis.

Note: Replacement of the Controller LED alarm assembly requires assistancefrom Oracle Customer Support.

Note: To replace an LED alarm assembly, you must remove the Controller fromthe rack and place it on a workbench because the rack rail blocks the screw toremove the LED alarm assembly.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Disconnect Controller Cabling

4 Slide Controller to Service Position

5 (Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

6 Remove Components From the Controller

7 Remove an LED Alarm Assembly

Controller Replacement Procedures

251

8 Insert an LED Alarm Assembly

9 Insert Components on the Controller

10 Insert the Controller Onto the Rack

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.

3 Select Actions > Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.

5 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Controller Replacement Procedures

252

Figure 207: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

253

Figure 208: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

1 From the front of the Controller, press on the slide-rail release tabs on bothsides at the front of the Controller, and pull the Controller out of the rackuntil is free of the rack rails.

Important: Oracle recommends not removing the Controller from the railsfor servicing the components. All components are designed for

Controller Replacement Procedures

254

replacement and servicing while the Controller chassis is on the rails.However, if you must remove the Controller from the rack, disconnect therear panel Controller cables from the front with the Controller in serviceposition.

Note: A slide-rail release tab is located on each slide-rail of the Controller.

2 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, place the Controller on anantistatic surface on a workbench.

Remove Components From the Controller

Note: Some components must be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component.

Note: All components that are removed from the Controller must be placed on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 209: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

255

Remove an Air Filter

1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.

2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs anddisengage the air filter.

Figure 210: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Controller Replacement Procedures

256

Figure 211: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Figure 212: Cables connected to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

257

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Figure 213: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

2 Backplane

Controller Replacement Procedures

258

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Figure 214: Drive compartment raised

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Controller Replacement Procedures

259

Figure 215: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Figure 216: Air duct

Controller Replacement Procedures

260

Remove an LED Alarm Assembly

1 Disconnect the cable from the cable clamp on the the side wall of theController chassis.

2 Disconnect the cable from the motherboard.

Figure 217: Disconnect the LED alarm assembly cable

Legend 1 LED alarm assembly cable

3 Unscrew the two Phillips Number 2 screws at the back of the LED alarmassembly that secure the LED assembly to the Controller front panel.

Figure 218: Screws to secure the LED alarm assembly

Legend 1 LED assembly

2 Controller chassis

3 Screws that secure the LED assembly to chassis

Controller Replacement Procedures

261

Note: The bottom Phillips Number 2 screw is hidden under the slide railand can be accessed by removing the two rail screws closest to the front ofthe Controller. Gently pry the slide rail away from the Controller chassisabout 1/4 inch. Do not bend the rail while removing the bottom screw.

4 Gently pull the LED alarm assembly from the Controller chassis.

Figure 219: Remove the LED alarm assembly

Legend 1 LED board

2 LED cable

3 ControllerReplication Engine chassis

5 Remove the two screws securing the LED board to the LED assembly.

Controller Replacement Procedures

262

Figure 220: Detach LED board from the LED alarm assembly

Legend 1 LED alarm assembly

2 Screws securing the LED board to the LED alarm assembly

3 LED board

6 Lift the LED board from the LED assembly and set it aside.

Insert an LED Alarm Assembly

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Set the LED board into the LED assembly.

Controller Replacement Procedures

263

Figure 221: Detach LED board from the LED alarm assembly

Legend 1 LED alarm assembly

2 Screws securing the LED board to the LED alarm assembly

3 LED board

3 Install and tighten the two screws.

4 Position the LED assembly over the flange on the left of the Controllerchassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

264

Figure 222: LED alarm assembly positioned over Controller chassis

Legend 1 LED board

2 LED cable

3 Controller chassis

5 Install and tighten the two screws to secure the LED alarm assembly ontothe Controller chassis.

Figure 223: Screws to secure the LED alarm assembly

Legend 1 LED assembly

Controller Replacement Procedures

265

2 Controller chassis

3 Screws that secure the LED assembly to chassis

Note: The bottom Phillips Number 2 screw is hidden under the slide railand can be accessed by removing the two rail screws closest to the front ofthe Controller. Gently pry the slide rail away from the Controller chassisabout 1/4 inch. Do not bend the rail while removing the bottom screw.

6 Route the cable into the cable clamp against the side wall and the midplaneof the Controller chassis.

7 Gently connect the cable to the motherboard.

Figure 224: Reconnect LED alarm assembly cable

8 Insert and tighten the two Phillips Number 2 screws at the back of the LEDalarm assembly and secure the LED assembly to the ControllerReplicationEngine front panel.

Insert Components on the ControllerInsert the necessary components on the Controller following theprocedures outlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component. These components mustbe reinstalled after completing the replacement.

Insert an Air Duct

Secure the air duct inside the Controller by tightening the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws into position.

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward, the right bracket slides back when facingthe Controller in the service position.

Controller Replacement Procedures

266

Lower the Drive Compartment

1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside theController and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Figure 225: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Insert an Air Filter

Controller Replacement Procedures

267

1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom twohooks into the mounting tabs.

Figure 226: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

268

Figure 227: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Insert the Controller Onto the Rack

Insert the Controller into the rack.Inserting the Controller onto the rack includes the following tasks:

1 Lift up the Controller Onto the Rack

2 Slide the Controller back into Rack position.

3 Reconnect the Controller cabling and the CMA.

4 Power on the Controller.

5 Verify the ControllerReplication Engine component status.

Insert Controller Chassis Onto Rack

With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, engage the Controller withthe rack rails.

Controller Replacement Procedures

269

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the Controller.Using the power supply handles to lift the Controller can damage thepower supplies and disrupt electrical power to the

Slide Controller to Rack Position

Slide the Controller back into the rack.

Note: You must release the rail locking mechanism to slide the Controllerchassis back into the rack.

Power On the Controller

Power on the Controller using the power button and the ILOM webinterface.

Note: As soon as the power cords are connected to the Controller, standbypower is applied. In standby power mode, the Power/OK LED on theController front panel blinks every five seconds or so. However, to applymain power to the Controller, you must use the power button and the webinterface. When main power is applied to the Controller, the green Power/OK LED on the front panel of the Controller blinks steadily. When theController BIOS has completed booting, the OK LED remains lit.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller MotherboardThe motherboard is the primary circuit board of the Controller. All Controllercomponents are connected to the motherboard using electrical circuits andcommunicate with the motherboard to ensure normal Controller operation. A

Controller Replacement Procedures

270

failed motherboard can cause the Controller to fail and must be replaced as soonas possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that there is a workbench available to placethe Controller chassis if it is removed from the rackfor servicing.

• Ensure that you have thermal grease and syringeavailable to clean the CPU and heat sink during thereplacement procedure.

• Make sure that you have a Torx Number 10screwdriver.

• Ensure that there is a static protected surface orworkbench available to place the componentstemporarily when they are removed from themotherboard during the replacement process.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Controller has a motherboard that is located on a tray at the bottom of thechassis. The Controller motherboard is a field replaceable unit (FRU) on whichthe various Controller components (FRUs and CRUs) are located. Replacing amotherboard requires you to bring the Controller offline. The following figureshows the Controller motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

271

Figure 228: Controller motherboard

Tip: Oracle Customer Support recommends not removing the Controller chassisfrom the rack to minimize possible errors that might be caused during re-cabling.The motherboard replacement procedure can be completed while the Controllerchassis is in the service position inside the rack.

Note: The Controller motherboard replacement can take approximately an hourto complete and requires assistance from Oracle Customer Support because itinvolves removing several CRUs and FRUs from the failed motherboard andinstalling them on the replacement motherboard.

Note: The motherboard can be accessed only after removing the cover over theController chassis.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller beforeremoving or installing the motherboard. Shut down the Controller anddisconnect the power cables before performing the motherboard replacementprocedure.

Note: Remove the DIMMs, NV-DIMMs, CPUs, and heat sinks from the failedmotherboard and secure it on the replacement motherboard only after thereplacement motherboard has been inserted and secured into the chassis. Notremoving these hardware components right away from the failed motherboardhas the following advantages:

• Hardware CRUs or FRUs that can be easily damaged like DIMMs, NV-DIMMs, CPUs, and heat sinks are handled only once during thereplacement procedure.

• The replacement motherboard that has been secured in the Controllerchassis provides the best support for installing the components.

• Moving the hardware components directly from the failed motherboard tothe replacement motherboard ensures that they are installed in the correctlocations.

Note: When the Controller with the replacement motherboard is brought online,the old motherboard continues to be displayed as a missing Controller in the

Controller Replacement Procedures

272

GUI for a brief span of time (approximately 20 minutes) until the Controller withthe replacement motherboard is fully initialized.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Disconnect Controller Cabling

5 (Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

6 Remove Components From the Controller

7 Insert Components on the Controller

8 Reconnect Controller Cabling

9 Slide Controller to Rack Position

10 Power On the Controller

11 Verify Controller Component Status

12 Update the Controller BIOS

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >

Controllers and then select the Controller that contains the component thatis to be replaced.

2 Select Actions > View.

The View dialog displays the components in the Replaceable Unit list. TheStatus column lists the status of each component. A status of Normalrequires no action.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

3 Select a component from the list and click Replace Component.

Guided Maintenance displays an image of the chassis.

4 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

5 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Controller Replacement Procedures

273

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

6 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

7 Click Next.

For components that are not hot-serviceable, Guided Maintenance sends arequest to shut down the software running on the Controller andautomatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenance also displays anHTML link that you use to access the instructions for componentreplacement.

For hot-serviceable components, Guided Maintenance completes theprocess of preparing the system for component replacement and displaysthe Replace Hardware dialog. The Replace Hardware dialog instructs youto replace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing youthat the component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts,navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 229: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Controller Replacement Procedures

274

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Figure 230: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Disconnect Controller Cabling

Controller Replacement Procedures

275

Disconnect all data cables from the Controller.

Note: All cables must be dis-connected from the Controller and labelledsuch that they can be reconnected accurately to the Controller after thereplacement procedure is complete. Reconnecting cables to the incorrectposition might impact the performance of the Controller or result in acomplete loss of functionality.

Note: Service the Controller components from the front of the Controllerwhile the Controller is in service position.

Note: Do not lean on or place any weight on the Controller while theController is in the service position.

(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

1 From the front of the Controller, press on the slide-rail release tabs on bothsides at the front of the Controller, and pull the Controller out of the rackuntil is free of the rack rails.

Important: Oracle recommends not removing the Controller from the railsfor servicing the components. All components are designed forreplacement and servicing while the Controller chassis is on the rails.However, if you must remove the Controller from the rack, disconnect therear panel Controller cables from the front with the Controller in serviceposition.

Note: A slide-rail release tab is located on each slide-rail of the Controller.

2 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, place the Controller on anantistatic surface on a workbench.

Remove Components From the Controller

Note: Some components must be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component.

Note: All components that are removed from the Controller must be placed on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Controller Replacement Procedures

276

Figure 231: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove an Air Filter1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs and

disengage the air filter.

Figure 232: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

Controller Replacement Procedures

277

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Figure 233: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger, grasp the removal tab and gently lift thefan module from the fan compartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

278

Figure 234: Remove fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Removal tab

4 Fan module

Note: Pulling the green tab from the middle releases the locking tab foreach individual fan.

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside.

Note: The fan compartment might come out when the last fan module isremoved.

Remove the Fan Compartment

1 Lift the fan compartment straight up and out of the Controller chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

279

Figure 235: Remove fan compartment

Legend 1 ControllerReplication Engine chassis

2 Fan compartment

Note: All fan modules must be removed from the fan compartment beforeremoving the fan compartment.

2 Set the component aside.

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Controller Replacement Procedures

280

Figure 236: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Figure 237: Air duct

Controller Replacement Procedures

281

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.

Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Figure 238: Cables connected to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Controller Replacement Procedures

282

Figure 239: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Figure 240: Drive compartment raised

Controller Replacement Procedures

283

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove a Riser

1 Disconnect any external cables that remain connected to the HBAs in therisers.

Note: Also disconnect any internal cables attached to the HBAs, if that willease removing the HBA.

Tip: Make a note of the positions of all existing cable connections beforeremoving any cables. Replacing HBAs or their cables into the incorrectposition in the riser may result in a loss of performance or functionality.

2 Note the position of the HBAs installed on the riser.

Tip: Make a note of the slot numbers of all existing HBAs before removingany HBAs.

3 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, loosen the two Phillips Number 2captive screws on either side of the riser that hold the riser to theController motherboard.

Note: The riser on the opposite end of the power supply has a latch thatmust be disengaged to remove the riser from the Controller chassis

Controller Replacement Procedures

284

Figure 241: Captive screws to secure the risers

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws that secure riser

To remove riser 3, unlock the latch to release the riser from the Controllermotherboard.

Figure 242: Unlock Riser 3 latch

Controller Replacement Procedures

285

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

4 Carefully pull the riser straight up and place it aside.

Figure 243: Remove riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Remove a Power Distribution Board (PDB) Cover1 Fully loosen the captive screw and gently lift up the cover over the PDB by

pressing the tabs on the cover and set the cover aside.

Controller Replacement Procedures

286

Figure 244: Remove PDB cover

2 Gently disconnect the PDB flat signal cable and the PSU duct when you liftup the PDB cover.

Figure 245: Disconnect PDB flat cable

Legend 1 PDB flat signal cable that connects the PDB to the motherboard

2 PDB bus bars

3 PDB

4 PDB cage

Controller Replacement Procedures

287

Remove a Motherboard1 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, remove the four bus bar screws

that secure the power distribution board (PDB) assembly onto themotherboard.

Figure 246: Phillips screwdriver to remove PDB screws

Legend 1 PDB cable bundle

2 Motherboard cables

3 Phillips screws that secure the PDB to motherboard

4 Thumb screws that secure the motherboard to the chassis

5 Controller motherboard

Tip: Disconnect all remaining cables and move them out of the way.

2 Fully loosen the captive screw at the front of the motherboard.

3 Grasp the two motherboard handles or thumb screws and slide themotherboard backwards off of the alignment pins.

Controller Replacement Procedures

288

Figure 247: Handles to lift up the motherboard

Legend 1 Thumb screws (2)

2 Controller motherboard

4 Lift the motherboard 0.5 in. (13 mm) to clear the bottom alignment pinsand slowly move the motherboard out the back of the chassis and set itaside.

Figure 248: Remove the motherboard

Legend 1 Motherboard

Controller Replacement Procedures

289

2 Controller chassis

5 Place the motherboard on an antistatic mat holding the motherboardhandles or thumb screws.

Remove a DIMM

1 Remove the DIMMs by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theDIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Figure 249: Remove DIMMs

Legend 1 Tabs to release DIMMs

2 DIMM

3 DIMM slot

Note: Pressing on the fault remind button on the motherboard lights up thefault LED. The fault remind button helps to identify the faulted DIMMs.However, press the fault remind button only when necessary, because thecapacitor powering up the fault remind button can be sustained only for 60seconds.

Note: While inserting or removing DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

2 Lift out the DIMM and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the slots and the memory for physical damage bychecking for cracked or broken plastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes memory might fault because of dust or improperalignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dust the memory.

Controller Replacement Procedures

290

Remove an NV-DIMM

1 Remove the NV-DIMMs by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theNV-DIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Figure 250: Remove an NV-DIMM

Legend 1 Tabs to release NV-DIMM

2 NV-DIMM

3 NV-DIMM slot

Note: While inserting or removing NV-DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

Note: Pressing the fault remind button on the motherboard lights up thefault LEDs of the NV-DIMMs even if the power cords are dis-connected.The fault remind button helps to identify the faulted LEDs.

2 Lift out the NV-DIMM from the slot and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the DIMM slots, NV-DIMM slots, the DIMM, andthe NV-DIMM for physical damage by checking for cracked or brokenplastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes DIMMs and NV-DIMMs might fault because of dust orimproper alignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dustDIMMs or NV-DIMMs.

Remove a Heat Sink

Controller Replacement Procedures

291

1 Remove the access window on the air duct to remove the heat sink andCPU.

2 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink thatsecure the heat sink to the Controller chassis a few turns at a time in adiametrically opposed pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Figure 251: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Note: Loosen one screw, then loosen the screw opposite that screw on theheat sink to prevent it from warping the motherboard on which it ismounted.

3 Gently twist the heat sink left and right, while pulling upward, to separatethe heat sink from the top of the CPU.

Note: A thin layer of thermal grease separates the heat sink and the CPU.This thermal grease also acts as an adhesive.

CAUTION: Do not allow the thermal grease to contaminate the work spaceor other components.

4 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside on an antistatic mat.5 Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal grease has

dried out and use an alcohol pad to clean the thermal grease from theunderside of the heat sink.

Note: Be careful not to get the thermal grease on your fingers, as this couldresult in contamination of components.

CAUTION: Failure to clean the heat sink before removing the CPU canresult in the accidental contamination of the CPU socket or othercomponents.

Remove a CPU

Controller Replacement Procedures

292

1 Disengage the CPU release lever on the right side of the CPU socket(viewing the Controller from the front) by pushing down and moving it tothe side away from the CPU, and then rotating the lever upward.

Figure 252: Disengage CPU release lever

Legend 1 CPU release lever

2 CPU

3 CPU socket

Note: This exposes the CPU inside the CPU socket.

2 Disengage the CPU socket release lever on the left side of the CPU socket(viewing the Controller from the front) by pushing down and moving it tothe side away from the CPU, and then rotating the lever upward.

Figure 253: Disengage CPU socket release lever

Legend 1 CPU socket release lever

2 CPU

3 CPU pressure frame

3 Swing the CPU pressure frame to fully open position and gently disengagethe CPU pins on the underside to lift up the CPU from the CPU socket.

Controller Replacement Procedures

293

CAUTION: Handle the CPU socket pins with extreme care. CPU socketpins are very fragile. A light touch can bend the CPU socket pins anddamage the board beyond repair.

4 Use the syringe to apply approximately 0.1 ml of thermal grease to the topcenter of the CPU.

CAUTION: Whenever you remove a CPU, you must replace it with anotherCPU and reinstall the heat sink. Otherwise, the Controller might overheatdue to improper airflow.

5 Set aside the failed CPU on an antistatic mat.

About Controller Motherboard Cables

The motherboard cables provide power, switch, or signal connectivity to thevarious Controller components. Damage to any of these cables might impact thenormal operations of the Controller and must be replaced as soon as possible.

Each Controller has five cable bundles that are routed throughout the chassis.The motherboard cables bundles are field replaceable units (FRUs). Replacingmotherboard cables requires you to bring the Controller offline. The five cablebundles included in the motherboard cable kit are as follows:

• SAS cable: Cables connected to the Controller backplane and a SASconnector on the motherboard.

• CUID cable: Cables that connect the Controller identification display(CUID) to the motherboard and supplies power and signal to the CUID.

• LED board cable: Cables that connect the LED alarm assembly to themotherboard and supplies power and switch connectivity to the LEDalarm assembly.

• Drive signal cable: Cables that connect the motherboard and the drive cageand supplies power to the hard drives in the drive cage.

• PDB signal cable: A flat cable that connects the power distribution board(PDB) to the motherboard and provides signal connectivity to the PDB.

The following figure identifies all the internal cables on the Controllermotherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

294

Figure 254: Controller motherboard cables

Legend 1 LED board cable

2 PDB signal cable

3 Drive signal cable

4 CUID cable

5 SAS cables

The following figure identifies the location of the various motherboard cables:

Figure 255: Location of the motherboard cables

Legend 1 PDB signal cable

2 CUID cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

295

3 Drive signal cable

4 SAS cables

5 LED board cable

6 Drive backplane power and monitoring cable

Remove Motherboard Cables

1 Gently disconnect the motherboard cable from its connector.

Note: Replacing a motherboard cable might require you to remove somecomponents from the motherboard based on the location of the cable thatyou are replacing. Make sure that you have adequate access to the cableconnectors while replacing the motherboard cable.

2 Set the cable aside on an antistatic mat.

Insert Components on the ControllerInsert the necessary components on the Controller following theprocedures outlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component. These components mustbe reinstalled after completing the replacement.

Insert a Power Distribution Board (PDB) Cover1 Reconnect the PDB flat signal cable and the PSU duct.

Figure 256: Reconnect PDB PSU duct

Controller Replacement Procedures

296

Legend 1 Power supply duct

2 PDB cover

2 Lower the cover over the PDB and the bus bars.

Figure 257: Install PDB cover

Legend 1 PDB cover

2 Power supply duct

3 PDB board

3 Tighten the captive screw to secure the cover to the motherboard and thechassis.

Figure 258: Secure PDB cover with captive screw

Controller Replacement Procedures

297

Legend 1 PDB captive screw

2 Power supply duct

3 PDB cover

Insert Motherboard Cables

Gently reconnect the motherboard cable to its connectors at both ends.

Insert an NVDIMM

Press the NV-DIMM fully into the NV-DIMM slot and ensure that the tabson both sides of the NV-DIMM are locked.

Important: Ensure that the notch in the NV-DIMM lines up with the key inthe slot.

Note: Replace only one NV-DIMM at a time to make sure that they areinserted into the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple NV-DIMMsinto the slots might damage the NV-DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM or an NV-DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert fillersinto empty DIMM or NV-DIMM slots to ensure proper air flow inside theController.

Note: NV-DIMM slot numbering is different from ESM slot numbering.Refer to the NV-DIMM-to-ESM cabling map on the service label of theESM drive cage for more information.

Insert a DIMM

Press the DIMM fully into the DIMM slot and ensure that the tabs on bothsides of the DIMM are locked.

Controller Replacement Procedures

298

Figure 259: Insert Controller DIMM

Legend 1 DIMM

2 Tabs to secure DIMMs

3 DIMM notch aligns with the DIMM slots

Note: While inserting DIMMs, ensure that there is no interference with thecables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables might cause damage to thecables during the replacement procedure.

Figure 260: DIMM alignment over DIMM slots

Important: Ensure that the notch in the DIMM lines up with the key in theslot.

Note: Replace only one DIMM at a time to make sure that they are insertedinto the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple DIMMs into the slotsmight damage the DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert fillers into empty slotsto ensure proper air flow inside the Controller.

Insert a CPU

Controller Replacement Procedures

299

1 Gently align the underside of the CPU to the pins on the CPU socket andpush down to secure the CPU in the socket.

CAUTION: Handle the CPU socket pins with extreme care. CPU socketpins are very fragile. A light touch can bend the CPU socket pins anddamage the board beyond repair.

2 Swing the CPU pressure frame to its fully closed position.

Figure 261: Close CPU pressure frame

Legend 1 CPU release lever

2 CPU

3 CPU pressure frame

3 Push down on the two socket release levers of the CPU socket to secure theCPU inside.

Insert a Heat Sink

1 Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Controller motherboard byinserting the four screws on the four sides of the heat sink.

Note: Ensure that the CPU is cleaned with an alcohol pad and freshthermal grease is applied, when installing a new heat sink, to preventoverheating and damage to the CPU.

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned correctlyand the screws on diagonal ends of the heat sink are tightened first. Aslight force might need to be applied to push down the screwdriver whiletightening the screws to overcome the tension generated.

2 Tighten the four Phillips screws on the heat sink a few turns at a time in adiametrically opposed pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Controller Replacement Procedures

300

Figure 262: Insert heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Insert a Riser

1 Lower the riser onto the Controller motherboard and press the riser edgeconnector securely into the socket.

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Figure 263: Insert riser

Legend 1 Riser

Controller Replacement Procedures

301

2 Controller motherboard

2 After the riser is seated properly inside the Controller, tighten the twocaptive Phillips screws on both sides of the riser to secure the riser on theController motherboard.

Figure 264: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws

To install riser 3, lock the latch to secure the riser to theControllerReplication Engine motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

302

Figure 265: Riser 3 latch locked

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

3 Reconnect any previously removed internal or external cables to any HBAsinstalled in the riser.

4 Repeat the above steps for any additional risers that you are installing.

Insert a Motherboard

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Use the two thumb screws or handles to place the motherboard onto theController chassis gently.

Note: Due to the tight fit inside the Controller chassis, care must be takenwhile inserting the motherboard into the chassis. Do not flex the PDBboard and ensure that the screw holes on the chassis align correctly withthe motherboard while inserting the motherboard into the Controllerchassis.

3 Lift the motherboard gently by the handles to a height of about 0.5 in. (13mm) and slowly move the motherboard forward into the chassis from therear.

Controller Replacement Procedures

303

4 When there is about 1.5 inches (36 millimeters) to go, lower themotherboard onto the bottom alignment pins.

5 Slowly slide the motherboard forward until it drops, engaging the bottomalignment pins.

6 Continue to slide the motherboard forward until it seats.

Note: The back of the motherboard must be flush with the back of thechassis. Additionally, the four holes in the motherboard must align withthe four holes in the bus bars.

7 Tighten the captive screws, the four bus bar screws, and reconnect thecables that you previously disconnected.

Figure 266: Secure the motherboard

Legend 1 PDB cable bundle

2 Motherboard cables

3 Bus bar screws that secure the PDB to motherboard

4 Thumb screws or handles to remove and insert the motherboard tothe chassis

5 Controller motherboard

Lower the Drive Compartment1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside the

Controller and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

Controller Replacement Procedures

304

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Figure 267: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Insert an Air Duct

Secure the air duct inside the Controller by tightening the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws into position.

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward, the right bracket slides back when facingthe Controller in the service position.

Insert the Fan Compartment

Controller Replacement Procedures

305

1 Move any loose cables so that they are against the Controller chassis walls.

2 Align the fan compartment to where it installs into the Controller chassis.

Figure 268: Insert the fan compartment

Legend 1 Fan compartment

2 Controller chassis

Note: The single arrow on the right end of the fan compartment aligns withthe single arrow on the power supply bay.

3 Slowly lower the fan compartment into the Controller chassis, gentlyworking the cables into the gaps between the fan compartment and thechassis walls.

4 Verify that the fan compartment is properly seated, no cables are pinched,and the top surfaces of the fan compartment are flush with theControllerReplication Engine chassis.

Insert a Fan Module

Insert the replacement fan module into the Controller.

Controller Replacement Procedures

306

Figure 269: Insert fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Fan module

Note: Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seatthe fan module into the fan compartment. The fan modules are notched toensure that they are installed in the correct orientation.

Note: Repeat for each additional fan module.

Insert an Air Filter1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom two

hooks into the mounting tabs.

Controller Replacement Procedures

307

Figure 270: Insert air filter

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

308

Figure 271: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Reconnect Controller Cabling

1 Reconnect all the data cables on the Controller.

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Controller so that the cables can be reconnected accurately to theController after the replacement procedure is complete.

2 Reconnect the CMA to the Controller by attaching the release tab on theleft and right side of the CMA.

Slide Controller to Rack Position

Slide the Controller back into the rack.

Note: You must release the rail locking mechanism to slide the Controllerchassis back into the rack.

Controller Replacement Procedures

309

Power On the ControllerPower on the Controller using the power button and the ILOM webinterface.

Note: As soon as the power cords are connected to the Controller, standbypower is applied. In standby power mode, the Power/OK LED on theController front panel blinks every five seconds or so. However, to applymain power to the Controller, you must use the power button and the webinterface. When main power is applied to the Controller, the green Power/OK LED on the front panel of the Controller blinks steadily. When theController BIOS has completed booting, the OK LED remains lit.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Update the Controller BIOSUpdate the Controller BIOS to ensure that the latest version of the BIOS isinstalled on the Controller.

Following are the prerequisites to update the Controller BIOS:

• A laptop or desktop with network access to the Oracle FS System

• A PuTTY or an alternative application on the laptop

• The login credentials for the Pilot root password

• The scroll-back properties of the shell window set to 100,000 lines.

• A Controller with a replaced motherboard that is powered on and has allpower cables securely connected.

Controller BIOS updates are required when a new version of the BIOS is releasedor when a Controller motherboard is replaced. Perform the Controller BIOSupdate after the Controller motherboard has been replaced. Usually, theController BIOS is automatically updated to the latest version. However, if amanual update is required, please follow these instructions.

1 Open a PuTTY session using the shared IP address for the Oracle FSSystem.

2 Login to the Pilot.

Required credentials:

Controller Replacement Procedures

310

• Username: root• Password: a1s2d3f$

3 Use the cat command to confirm that the Controller with the replacementmotherboard can be brought online.[root@pilot2 ~]# cat /etc/nodenamesNote: Make a note of the IP address and the world-wide name (WWN) ofthe Controller that does not have the replacement motherboard. Also, notethe IP address of the Pilot.

The following list provides information on the IP address and the WWN ofthe Controller and the IP address of the Pilot:

• 172.30.80.3 WN2009fffffffffffa WN2008000101000000mgmtnode

• 172.30.80.2 WN2008fffffffffff2• 172.30.80.129 WN508002000158ba01 WN2008000101000001

Note: The Pilot IP address concludes with “mgmtnode” in the output.

Note: The Controller with the replaced motherboard has not fully startedyet and therefore, is not available on the private management interface(PMI) network.

4 From the Pilot, log in to the IP address of the Controller that did not haveits motherboard replaced using secure shell (SSH).[root@pilot2 ~]# ssh 172.30.80.129

5 Ensure access from the current active Controller to the inactive Controller,on which the motherboard was replaced, by pinging the ILOM interface.WN508002000158BA01 # ping 169.254.2.9If there is no ping response, verify that all the Controller cables areaccurately connected. The ping response is as follows:

• PING 169.254.2.9 (169.254.2.9): 56 data bytes• 64 bytes from 169.254.2.9: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.665 ms• 64 bytes from 169.254.2.9: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.519 ms• 64 bytes from 169.254.2.9: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.653 ms

6 Copy the Controller BIOS file from the Pilot to the Controller.a) Navigate to the /var/tftp/ directory on the Controller.

WN508002000158BA01 # cd /var/tftp/b) Validate the current directory to ensure the existence of the /var/

tftp/ directory.WN508002000158BA01 # pwd

c) Validate that the spbios.rom file was copied to the /var/tftp/directory on the Controller

Controller Replacement Procedures

311

WN508002000158BA01 # lsspbios.rom

d) Validate the files that were copied to the /var/tftp/ directory of theController.WN508002000158BA01 # lsfs_bios_settings.xml spbios.rom

7 Log in to the ILOM port of the Controller on which the motherboard wasreplaced using SSH.

8 Enter the ILOM password when prompted, after the connection to theILOM port of the Controller is established.ssh 169.254.2.9Required credentials:

• Username (if required): root• Password: changeme

Note: The ILOM information of the alternate Controller will also beavailable on the PuTTY screen.

9 Verify that the active Controller is the Controller on which themotherboard was replaced.-> show /SYSThis displays the system serial number (SSN), which must be confirmed bylooking at the number on the back of the Controller.

10 After confirming that the SSN is the same as that displayed at the back ofthe Controller, power down the Controller.-> stop /SystemNote: Click on y and then ENTER to confirm that the Oracle FS System hasstopped.

11 Obtain and load the Controller BIOS file from the Controller that did nothave a motherboard replaced.

12 Compare the Controller BIOS firmware file with the existing firmware filethat is currently installed on the Controller and upgrade the BIOS firmwarefile, if necessary.-> load -source tftp://169.254.2.10/spbios.romNote: When using the TFTP protocol, you do not need to specify thecomplete path to the *.rom file located on the Controller.

A display screen appears with question prompts on ILOM upgrade.13 Answer y to all the questions on the display screen.

Are you sure you want to load the specified file (y/n)?yPreserve existing SP configuration (y/n)?yPreserve existing BIOS configuration (y/n)?yDelay BIOS upgrade until next server power off (y/n)?y

Controller Replacement Procedures

312

The Controller BIOS file is upgraded and the Controller is automaticallystarted and power cycled.

14 Log in to the ILOM port of the Controller on which the motherboard wasreplaced and stop the Oracle FS System.-> stop /SystemNote: The session ends when the Controller reboots to activate the newBIOS.

15 Specify the Controller BIOS changes that are mandatory at the ILOMprompt so that the Controller can start.

a) Enable the “Auto Power ON” setting.-> set /SP/policy/ HOST_AUTO_POWER_ON=enabledSet 'HOST_AUTO_POWER_ON' to 'enabled'

b) Confirm that the “HOST_AUTO_POWER_ON” setting is on.-> show /SP/policy/

c) Enable the “Expert Mode” setting.-> set /System/BIOS/Config/ expert_mode=enabledSet 'expert_mode' to 'enabled'

16 Obtain and set the Controller XML file from the Controller on which themotherboard was not replaced.-> set /System/BIOS/Config/ load_uri=tftp://169.254.2.10/fs_bios_settings.xmlNote: When using the TFTP protocol, you do not need to specify thecomplete path to the *.rom file located on the Controller.

Load successful17 Start the Controller and exit out from the ILOM, Controller, and the Pilot

connection.-> start /System

Replace Controller Motherboard CablesThe motherboard cables provide power, switch, or signal connectivity to thevarious Controller components. Damage to any of these cables might impact thenormal operations of the Controller and must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

Controller Replacement Procedures

313

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Fail over the Controller before replacing thecomponent using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Controller must be failed over to preventdata loss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Controller has five cable bundles that are routed throughout the chassis.The motherboard cables bundles are field replaceable units (FRUs). Replacingmotherboard cables requires you to bring the Controller offline. The five cablebundles included in the motherboard cable kit are as follows:

• SAS cable: Cables connected to the Controller backplane and a SASconnector on the motherboard.

• CUID cable: Cables that connect the Controller identification display(CUID) to the motherboard and supplies power and signal to the CUID.

• LED board cable: Cables that connect the LED alarm assembly to themotherboard and supplies power and switch connectivity to the LEDalarm assembly.

• Drive signal cable: Cables that connect the motherboard and the drive cageand supplies power to the hard drives in the drive cage.

• PDB signal cable: A flat cable that connects the power distribution board(PDB) to the motherboard and provides signal connectivity to the PDB.

The following figure identifies all the internal cables on the Controllermotherboard.

Figure 272: Controller motherboard cables

Legend 1 LED board cable

2 PDB signal cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

314

3 Drive signal cable

4

CUID cable

5 SAS cables

The following figure identifies the location of the various motherboard cables:

Figure 273: Location of the motherboard cables

Legend 1 PDB signal cable

2

CUID cable

3 Drive signal cable

4 SAS cables

5 LED board cable

6 Drive backplane power and monitoring cable

Note: The motherboard cables can be accessed only after removing the coverover the Controller chassis.

Note: Because Controller motherboard cable replacement can take some time tocomplete to identify the cables for replacement, the Controller should be placedon a workbench for servicing rather than inside the rack for convenience.

Controller Replacement Procedures

315

CAUTION: Replacement of the Controller motherboard cables requires assistancefrom Oracle Customer Support.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller beforeremoving or installing the motherboard. Disconnect the power cords beforeperforming the motherboard replacement procedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Disconnect Controller Cabling

4 Slide Controller to Service Position

5 (Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

6 Remove Components From the Controller

7 Remove Motherboard Cables

8 Insert Motherboard Cables

9 Insert Components on the Controller

10 Insert the Controller Onto the Rack

Related LinksController Components

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.

3 Select Actions > Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.

5 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

Controller Replacement Procedures

316

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Figure 274: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Disconnect Controller Cabling

Disconnect all data cables from the Controller.

Note: All cables must be dis-connected from the Controller and labelledsuch that they can be reconnected accurately to the Controller after thereplacement procedure is complete. Reconnecting cables to the incorrectposition might impact the performance of the Controller or result in acomplete loss of functionality.

Controller Replacement Procedures

317

Note: Service the Controller components from the front of the Controllerwhile the Controller is in service position.

Note: Do not lean on or place any weight on the Controller while theController is in the service position.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Figure 275: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you can

Controller Replacement Procedures

318

extend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

1 From the front of the Controller, press on the slide-rail release tabs on bothsides at the front of the Controller, and pull the Controller out of the rackuntil is free of the rack rails.

Important: Oracle recommends not removing the Controller from the railsfor servicing the components. All components are designed forreplacement and servicing while the Controller chassis is on the rails.However, if you must remove the Controller from the rack, disconnect therear panel Controller cables from the front with the Controller in serviceposition.

Note: A slide-rail release tab is located on each slide-rail of the Controller.

2 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, place the Controller on anantistatic surface on a workbench.

Remove Components From the Controller

Note: Some components must be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component.

Note: All components that are removed from the Controller must be placed on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Controller Replacement Procedures

319

Figure 276: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger, grasp the removal tab and gently lift thefan module from the fan compartment.

Controller Replacement Procedures

320

Figure 277: Remove fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Removal tab

4 Fan module

Note: Pulling the green tab from the middle releases the locking tab foreach individual fan.

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside.

Note: The fan compartment might come out when the last fan module isremoved.

Remove the Fan Compartment

1 Lift the fan compartment straight up and out of the Controller chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

321

Figure 278: Remove fan compartment

Legend 1 ControllerReplication Engine chassis

2 Fan compartment

Note: All fan modules must be removed from the fan compartment beforeremoving the fan compartment.

2 Set the component aside.

Remove Motherboard Cables

1 Gently disconnect the motherboard cable from its connector.

Note: Replacing a motherboard cable might require you to remove somecomponents from the motherboard based on the location of the cable thatyou are replacing. Make sure that you have adequate access to the cableconnectors while replacing the motherboard cable.

2 Set the cable aside on an antistatic mat.

Insert Motherboard Cables

Gently reconnect the motherboard cable to its connectors at both ends.

Controller Replacement Procedures

322

Insert Components on the ControllerInsert the necessary components on the Controller following theprocedures outlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component. These components mustbe reinstalled after completing the replacement.

Insert the Fan Compartment

1 Move any loose cables so that they are against the Controller chassis walls.

2 Align the fan compartment to where it installs into the Controller chassis.

Figure 279: Insert the fan compartment

Legend 1 Fan compartment

2 Controller chassis

Note: The single arrow on the right end of the fan compartment aligns withthe single arrow on the power supply bay.

3 Slowly lower the fan compartment into the Controller chassis, gentlyworking the cables into the gaps between the fan compartment and thechassis walls.

4 Verify that the fan compartment is properly seated, no cables are pinched,and the top surfaces of the fan compartment are flush with theControllerReplication Engine chassis.

Insert a Fan Module

Controller Replacement Procedures

323

Insert the replacement fan module into the Controller.

Figure 280: Insert fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Fan module

Note: Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seatthe fan module into the fan compartment. The fan modules are notched toensure that they are installed in the correct orientation.

Note: Repeat for each additional fan module.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Controller Replacement Procedures

324

Figure 281: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Insert the Controller Onto the Rack

Insert the Controller into the rack.Inserting the Controller onto the rack includes the following tasks:

1 Lift up the Controller Onto the Rack

2 Slide the Controller back into Rack position.

3 Reconnect the Controller cabling and the CMA.

4 Power on the Controller.

5 Verify the ControllerReplication Engine component status.

Insert Controller Chassis Onto Rack

With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, engage the Controller withthe rack rails.

Controller Replacement Procedures

325

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the Controller.Using the power supply handles to lift the Controller can damage thepower supplies and disrupt electrical power to the

Slide Controller to Rack Position

Slide the Controller back into the rack.

Note: You must release the rail locking mechanism to slide the Controllerchassis back into the rack.

Reconnect Controller Cabling

1 Reconnect all the data cables on the Controller.

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Controller so that the cables can be reconnected accurately to theController after the replacement procedure is complete.

2 Reconnect the CMA to the Controller by attaching the release tab on theleft and right side of the CMA.

Power On the Controller

Power on the Controller using the power button and the ILOM webinterface.

Note: As soon as the power cords are connected to the Controller, standbypower is applied. In standby power mode, the Power/OK LED on theController front panel blinks every five seconds or so. However, to applymain power to the Controller, you must use the power button and the webinterface. When main power is applied to the Controller, the green Power/OK LED on the front panel of the Controller blinks steadily. When theController BIOS has completed booting, the OK LED remains lit.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Controller Replacement Procedures

326

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Replace a Controller Power Distribution BoardThe power distribution board (PDB) connects the two power supplies and themotherboard and distributes power by acting like a circuit breaker. A failed PDBis a critical point of failure and can affect the normal operation of the powersupplies. Failed PDBs might bring down the Controller and must be replaced assoon as possible.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Controller beforeremoving or installing the PDB. Also, disconnect the power cables beforeperforming the motherboard removal procedure during PDB replacement.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that there is a workbench available to placethe Controller chassis once it is removed from therack for servicing.

• Make sure that you have a Torx Number 10screwdriver.

Each Controller has a PDB that is located behind the power supplies, under thePDB signal cable. The PDB assembly is a field replaceable unit (FRU). Replacinga PDB is not a hot-serviceable process and requires you to power down theController. The following figure shows the PDB assembly inside the Controller.

Controller Replacement Procedures

327

Figure 282: Power Distribution Board (PDB)

Note: The PDB can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Controllerchassis.

Note: Since Controller PDB replacement can take approximately an hour tocomplete and involves removing all CRUs and FRUs, Oracle Customer Supportrecommends that the Controller be placed on a workbench for servicing ratherthan inside the rack for convenience.

Note: Replacement of the PDB requires assistance from Oracle CustomerSupport.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare the Component for Replacement

2 Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

3 Slide Controller to Service Position

4 Disconnect Controller Cabling

5 (Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

6 Remove Components From the Controller

7 Remove a Power Distribution Board (PDB)

8 Insert a Power Distribution Board (PDB)

9 Insert Components on the Controller

10 Insert the Controller Onto the Rack

Related LinksController Components

Controller Replacement Procedures

328

Prepare the Component for Replacement

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to Support > SystemTrouble.

2 Select the Controller that contains the component that is to be replaced.

3 Select Actions > Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the list of replaceable components for theController.

Note: Field replaceable units (FRUs) can only be replaced by fieldtechnicians with support role privileges.

4 Select a component from the list.

5 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

6 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

7 Click Next.

Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

8 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to shut down the software runningon the Controller and automatically initiates failover. Guided Maintenancealso displays an HTML link that you use to access the instructions forcomponent replacement.

Remove the Controller Power Supply Cords

Disconnect the power cords from both power supplies.

Controller Replacement Procedures

329

Figure 283: Remove power supply cords

Legend 1 Power supply cords

2 Power supply handle

Tip: Always notify affected users that the Controller will be shut down.

Slide Controller to Service Position

Squeeze the release buttons on either side of the Controller front panel atthe same time and slide the Controller chassis forward until the slide railslock into position. You might have to remove screws locking the frontpanel to the rack before the Controller slides forward.

Controller Replacement Procedures

330

Figure 284: Slide the Controller to service position

Legend 1 Rack

2 Controller chassis

3 Release buttons

Important: Before you slide the Controller chassis out, ensure that thecables do not interfere with the movement of the Controller chassis.Although the cable management arm (CMA) is hinged so that you canextend the Controller chassis, all cables and cords must be out of the waywhen you service the Controller components.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Controller chassis.

Disconnect Controller Cabling

Disconnect all data cables from the Controller.

Note: All cables must be dis-connected from the Controller and labelledsuch that they can be reconnected accurately to the Controller after thereplacement procedure is complete. Reconnecting cables to the incorrect

Controller Replacement Procedures

331

position might impact the performance of the Controller or result in acomplete loss of functionality.

Note: Service the Controller components from the front of the Controllerwhile the Controller is in service position.

Note: Do not lean on or place any weight on the Controller while theController is in the service position.

(Optional) Remove Controller Chassis From Rack

1 From the front of the Controller, press on the slide-rail release tabs on bothsides at the front of the Controller, and pull the Controller out of the rackuntil is free of the rack rails.

Important: Oracle recommends not removing the Controller from the railsfor servicing the components. All components are designed forreplacement and servicing while the Controller chassis is on the rails.However, if you must remove the Controller from the rack, disconnect therear panel Controller cables from the front with the Controller in serviceposition.

Note: A slide-rail release tab is located on each slide-rail of the Controller.

2 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, place the Controller on anantistatic surface on a workbench.

Remove Components From the Controller

Note: Some components must be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component.

Note: All components that are removed from the Controller must be placed on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Remove a Power SupplyNote: To replace a power supply, you can access the faulted power supply fromthe back of the Controller module. To access the power supply located in thebottom slot (PS-1), the CMA clip must be disconnected to enable the powersupply to clear the support arm.

Note: Replacing the power supply does not require you to slide the Controllerinto the extended rack position and can be performed while the Controller is inthe rack position.

1 Remove the power supply by grasping the power supply handle andpushing the power supply latch to the left.

Controller Replacement Procedures

332

Figure 285: Controller power supply latch

Legend 1 Power supply handle 3 Power supply

2 Power supply latch 4 Controller back

Figure 286: Remove power supply

Legend 1 Power supply

2 Power supply compartment

3 Controller

2 If both power supplies must be removed, label the power supplies with theslot numbers from which they are removed.

Note: Removing both power supplies will result in the immediateshutdown of the Controller. Do not pull both power supplies from anactive and running Controller.

Controller Replacement Procedures

333

Note: The power supplies must be re-installed into the same slots fromwhich they were removed.

3 Pull the power supply out of the chassis and place it on an antistatic mat.

Remove an Air Filter

1 At the front of the Controller chassis, locate the air filter release tabs.

2 Press the release tabs inwards at the same time to unlock the tabs anddisengage the air filter.

Figure 287: Air filter release tabs

Legend 1 Release tabs

2 Air filter

3 Carefully rotate the top of the air filter outwards and as the release tabsdisengage, lift out the filter.

Controller Replacement Procedures

334

Figure 288: Remove air filter

4 Set the air filter aside.

Open the Controller Top Cover

1 Fully loosen the two captive thumb screws at the back of the top coverusing the Phillips number 2 screwdriver, if necessary.

Figure 289: Captive thumb screws to remove the top cover

Legend 1 Controller top cover

2 Captive screws

2 Slide the top cover backwards 0.5 inches (13 mm) and lift the top coverstraight up and off the Controller chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

335

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger, grasp the removal tab and gently lift thefan module from the fan compartment.

Figure 290: Remove fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Removal tab

4 Fan module

Note: Pulling the green tab from the middle releases the locking tab foreach individual fan.

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside.

Note: The fan compartment might come out when the last fan module isremoved.

Remove the Fan Compartment

Controller Replacement Procedures

336

1 Lift the fan compartment straight up and out of the Controller chassis.

Figure 291: Remove fan compartment

Legend 1 ControllerReplication Engine chassis

2 Fan compartment

Note: All fan modules must be removed from the fan compartment beforeremoving the fan compartment.

2 Set the component aside.

Raise the Drive Compartment to Service Position

1 Disconnect the cables attached to the backplane.Cables that must be disconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

• USB board cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

337

Figure 292: Cables connected to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cables

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Note: The USB board cable is connected to the Controller display panel.

Note: All cables attached to the backplane must be disconnected beforeraising the drive compartment. Otherwise, the cables might get damagedor tear due to unnecessary flexure or pull.

Note: Note the location of all the cable connections to the backplane forlater re-connection of the cables after the replacement procedure iscompleted.

Tip: Refer to the service label for more information on rotating the drivecompartment.

2 Disengage the backplane by loosening the four Phillips Number 2 thumbscrews on the four sides of the backplane using a Phillips Number 2screwdriver and rotate the backplane at a 90 degrees angle.

Controller Replacement Procedures

338

Figure 293: Disengaging the backplane

Legend 1 Thumb screws that secure the backplane

2 Backplane

Note: Use the screwdriver very carefully to avoid damaging the electricalcircuitry inside the Controller.

3 Raise the backplane and drive compartment to the vertical position.

Figure 294: Drive compartment raised

Controller Replacement Procedures

339

Legend 1 Backplane

2 Drive compartment

3 Controller motherboard

Remove an Air Duct

1 Replace and secure the air duct for removal by loosening the two bracketsand the Phillips Number 2 thumb screws on both sides of the air duct.

Figure 295: Remove air duct

Legend 1 Screws that secure air duct

2 Air duct

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward and the right bracket slides back whenfacing the Controller in the service position.

2 Lift up the air duct from the Controller chassis and set it aside.The following figure shows a Controller air duct:

Controller Replacement Procedures

340

Figure 296: Air duct

Remove a Riser

1 Disconnect any external cables that remain connected to the HBAs in therisers.

Note: Also disconnect any internal cables attached to the HBAs, if that willease removing the HBA.

Tip: Make a note of the positions of all existing cable connections beforeremoving any cables. Replacing HBAs or their cables into the incorrectposition in the riser may result in a loss of performance or functionality.

2 Note the position of the HBAs installed on the riser.

Tip: Make a note of the slot numbers of all existing HBAs before removingany HBAs.

3 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, loosen the two Phillips Number 2captive screws on either side of the riser that hold the riser to theController motherboard.

Note: The riser on the opposite end of the power supply has a latch thatmust be disengaged to remove the riser from the Controller chassis

Controller Replacement Procedures

341

Figure 297: Captive screws to secure the risers

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws that secure riser

To remove riser 3, unlock the latch to release the riser from the Controllermotherboard.

Figure 298: Unlock Riser 3 latch

Controller Replacement Procedures

342

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

4 Carefully pull the riser straight up and place it aside.

Figure 299: Remove riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Remove Motherboard Cables

1 Gently disconnect the motherboard cable from its connector.

Note: Replacing a motherboard cable might require you to remove somecomponents from the motherboard based on the location of the cable thatyou are replacing. Make sure that you have adequate access to the cableconnectors while replacing the motherboard cable.

2 Set the cable aside on an antistatic mat.

Remove a Power Distribution Board (PDB)1 Lift up the cover over the PDB by pressing the tabs on the cover and set the

cover aside.

Controller Replacement Procedures

343

Figure 300: Remove PDB cover

Legend 1 PDB cover

2 Power supply duct

3 PDB board

4 ControllerReplication Engine motherboard

Note: You must disconnect the PDB flat signal cable and the PSU ductwhen you lift up the PDB cover.

Figure 301: Disconnect PDB flat cable

Legend 1 PDB flat signal cable that connects the PDB to the motherboard

2 PDB bus bars

Controller Replacement Procedures

344

3 PDB

4 PDB cage

2 Remove the two Phillips screws that secure the PDB to the PDB cage usinga Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Figure 302: Remove PDB circuit board

Legend 1 PDB bus bars

2 PDB circuit board

3 Phillips screws that secure the PDB to the PDB cage

4 PDB cage

3 Slide out the PDB assembly from under the motherboard by lifting up themotherboard gently.

4 Remove the PDB assembly and place the PDB assembly on an antistaticmat.

Controller Replacement Procedures

345

Figure 303: Remove PDB assembly

Legend 1 PDB circuit board

2 PDB cage

Insert a Power Distribution Board (PDB)

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Position the PDB to where it installs into the chassis.

Controller Replacement Procedures

346

Figure 304: PDB alignment

Legend 1 PDB circuit board

2 PDB cage

Note: The bus bars are forward and down.

3 Place the bus bars into the channels, and move the PDB rearward anddown onto the alignment pins.

4 Using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver, loosely insert the four PhillipsNumber 2 screws that secure the PDB assembly onto the motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

347

Figure 305: Insert PDB

Legend 1 Phillips screws that secure the PDB to the chassis

2 PDB

5 Using a Torx Number 10 screwdriver, loosely insert the 10 Torx Number 10screws that secure the motherboard to the Controller chassis starting fromone side.

6 Tighten all 10 Torx Number 10 screws and the four Phillips Number 2screws in a diagonal pattern.

7 Insert and tighten the two finger screws on the motherboard to lock themotherboard inside the Controller chassis.

Note: The two thumb screws on the motherboard secure the motherboardto the Controller chassis along with ten Torx Number 10 screws.

Insert Components on the ControllerInsert the necessary components on the Controller following theprocedures outlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Controller as a prerequisitefor access while replacing the failed component. These components mustbe reinstalled after completing the replacement.

Insert Motherboard Cables

Gently reconnect the motherboard cable to its connectors at both ends.

Controller Replacement Procedures

348

Insert a Riser

1 Lower the riser onto the Controller motherboard and press the riser edgeconnector securely into the socket.

Important: Ensure that any HBAs that must be removed from the failedriser and placed onto the replacement rise are inserted into the same slotson the replacement riser.

Figure 306: Insert riser

Legend 1 Riser

2 Controller motherboard

2 After the riser is seated properly inside the Controller, tighten the twocaptive Phillips screws on both sides of the riser to secure the riser on theController motherboard.

Controller Replacement Procedures

349

Figure 307: Captive screws to secure risers to the motherboard

Legend 1 Riser 3 with latch 3 Riser 1

2 Riser 2 4 Captive screws

To install riser 3, lock the latch to secure the riser to theControllerReplication Engine motherboard.

Figure 308: Riser 3 latch locked

Controller Replacement Procedures

350

Legend 1 Riser 3 latch 3 HBA

2 Riser 3

3 Reconnect any previously removed internal or external cables to any HBAsinstalled in the riser.

4 Repeat the above steps for any additional risers that you are installing.

Insert an Air Duct

Secure the air duct inside the Controller by tightening the two PhillipsNumber 2 screws into position.

Note: The brackets that secure the air duct are labeled L (left) and R (right).The left bracket slides forward, the right bracket slides back when facingthe Controller in the service position.

Lower the Drive Compartment1 Rotate the drive compartment and backplane back into position inside the

Controller and ensure that the alignment pins engage.

Note: To confirm that the backplane is locked into position, listen for anaudible click or feel the backplane engage with the Controller.

2 Secure the backplane inside the Controller by inserting the four PhillipsNumber 2 thumb screws on the four sides of the backplane and tighteningthem using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

3 Reconnect all the cables that had been previously disconnected from thebackplane.Cables that must be reconnected include:

• SATA or drive cable

• NV-DIMM cable

• Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Controller Replacement Procedures

351

Figure 309: Reconnect cables to the backplane

Legend 1 SATA or drive cable

2 NV-DIMM cable

3 Drive compartment

4 Backplane boards

5 Motherboard to HDD backplane cable

Insert the Fan Compartment

1 Move any loose cables so that they are against the Controller chassis walls.

2 Align the fan compartment to where it installs into the Controller chassis.

Figure 310: Insert the fan compartment

Controller Replacement Procedures

352

Legend 1 Fan compartment

2 Controller chassis

Note: The single arrow on the right end of the fan compartment aligns withthe single arrow on the power supply bay.

3 Slowly lower the fan compartment into the Controller chassis, gentlyworking the cables into the gaps between the fan compartment and thechassis walls.

4 Verify that the fan compartment is properly seated, no cables are pinched,and the top surfaces of the fan compartment are flush with theControllerReplication Engine chassis.

Insert a Fan Module

Insert the replacement fan module into the Controller.

Figure 311: Insert fan module

Legend 1 Controller chassis

2 Fan compartment

3 Fan module

Note: Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seatthe fan module into the fan compartment. The fan modules are notched toensure that they are installed in the correct orientation.

Controller Replacement Procedures

353

Note: Repeat for each additional fan module.

Close the Controller Top Cover

Place the top cover of the Controller and tighten the two thumb screws atthe back of the Controller that secure the top cover.

Figure 312: Close Controller top cover

Legend 1 Thumb screws

2 Controller top cover

3 Controller

Insert a Power Supply1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Slide the replacement power supply into the power supply compartment atthe back of the Controller until it is fully seated.

Controller Replacement Procedures

354

Figure 313: Insert power supply

Legend 1 Power supply

2 Power supply compartment

3 Controller chassis

3 Listen for an audible click or feel the power supply engage to confirm thatthe power supply is properly seated.

Note: Repeat for each power supply. Also, replace the power supplies onlyinto the slots from which they had been removed.

Insert an Air Filter

1 Tilt the top of the air filter slightly towards you and insert the bottom twohooks into the mounting tabs.

Figure 314: Insert air filter

Controller Replacement Procedures

355

Important: Ensure that nothing interferes with the edges of the air filter andthat the air filter seats properly.

2 Press the top corners of the air filter to engage the top two air filter hookswith the top rail tabs.

3 Press both air filter release tabs until they lock in place.

Insert the Controller Onto the Rack

Insert the Controller into the rack.Inserting the Controller onto the rack includes the following tasks:

1 Lift up the Controller Onto the Rack

2 Slide the Controller back into Rack position.

3 Reconnect the Controller cabling and the CMA.

4 Power on the Controller.

5 Verify the ControllerReplication Engine component status.

Insert Controller Chassis Onto Rack

With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, engage the Controller withthe rack rails.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the Controller.Using the power supply handles to lift the Controller can damage thepower supplies and disrupt electrical power to the

Reconnect Controller Cabling

1 Reconnect all the data cables on the Controller.

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Controller so that the cables can be reconnected accurately to theController after the replacement procedure is complete.

2 Reconnect the CMA to the Controller by attaching the release tab on theleft and right side of the CMA.

Slide Controller to Rack Position

Slide the Controller back into the rack.

Controller Replacement Procedures

356

Note: You must release the rail locking mechanism to slide the Controllerchassis back into the rack.

Power On the Controller

Power on the Controller using the power button and the ILOM webinterface.

Note: As soon as the power cords are connected to the Controller, standbypower is applied. In standby power mode, the Power/OK LED on theController front panel blinks every five seconds or so. However, to applymain power to the Controller, you must use the power button and the webinterface. When main power is applied to the Controller, the green Power/OK LED on the front panel of the Controller blinks steadily. When theController BIOS has completed booting, the OK LED remains lit.

Verify Controller Component Status

1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status is Normal.

You can also verify the status by navigating to System > Hardware andthen selecting a chassis. The Overview page for the selected chassis lists thestatus of each component.

Note: The Controller status will be visible several minutes after beingpowered on.

2 Review the status of the LEDs to confirm a status of Normal.

Controller Replacement Procedures

357

CHAPTER 4

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

Drive Enclosure OverviewDrive Enclosures are used as back-end storage for the Oracle Flash StorageSystem. The Oracle FS System can be configured for as many as 30 DriveEnclosures. The two types of Drive Enclosure are the DE2-24P Drive Enclosureand the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure. Both Drive Enclosure types can co-exist in thesame system.

Drive Enclosure are high-availability, serial-attached SCSI (SAS-2) storageenclosures. The DE2-24P Drive Enclosure has a 2U chassis that supports 24 smallform factor (SFF), 2.5-inch (6.35-cm) hard disk drives (HDDs). The DE2-24P DriveEnclosure also supports configurations with seven, 13, or 19 solid state drives(SSDs). The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure has a 4U chassis that supports 24 largeform factor (LFF), 3.5-inch (8.89-cm) HDDs.

The following figures show the front of the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure and theDE2-24C Drive Enclosure.

Figure 315: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (front view)

358

Figure 316: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (front view)

Both types of Drive Enclosures have the following physical configuration:

• Two hot-serviceable I/O modules with two interface slots that comply withthe Storage Bridge Bay (SBB) standard

• Two hot-serviceable 580W power cooling modules with dual load-sharingpower supplies and integrated fans

• 19-inch rack‑compatible enclosure

• Front access to all drives

• Back access to the I/O modules and the power cooling modules

• LEDs with status information for the I/O modules, the drives, and thepower cooling modules

The following figures show the back of the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure and theDE2-24C Drive Enclosure.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

359

Figure 317: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (back view)

Figure 318: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure (back view)

Drive Enclosure Drive ReplacementEach Drive Enclosure has drives located on the front of the chassis. Drives arecustomer replaceable units (CRUs). Replacing a drive is a hot-serviceableprocess.

The DE2-24P Drive Enclosure supports the following drive configurationoptions:

• 300GB hard disk drives (HDDs) fully populated with 24 drives

• 900GB HDDs fully populated with 24 drives

• 400GB solid state drives (SSDs) in the following configurations:

• Six drives and one spare

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

360

• 12 drives and one spare

• Six drive upgrade to the current configuration

• 1.6TB SSDs with the following configurations:

• Six drives and one spare

• 12 drives and one spare

• 18 drives and one spare

• Six drive upgrade to the current configuration

Important: The Oracle FS System accepts only Oracle-supplied drives. Thecapacity and the type of a replacement drive must be same as the other drives inthe Drive Enclosure.

The 24 drive locations are numbered 0 to 23 from left to right. The followingfigure shows the location of the drives on the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure.

Figure 319: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure drives

The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure can only be configured with 24, 4TB HDDs.

The 24 drive locations are numbered 0 to 23 from the lower left of the DriveEnclosure to the upper right of the Drive Enclosure. The following figure showsthe location of the drives on the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure.

Figure 320: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure drives

CAUTION: Make sure you can replace the FRU or CRU within 10 minutes ofremoving the FRU or CRU. Do not remove a FRU or CRU if you cannot replace itwithin 10 minutes with a FRU or CRU or with a filler panel. If a FRU or CRU slotis left empty, the system can overheat due to improper airflow.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

361

Important: Make sure that you remove the correct drive. Removing a drive otherthan the failed drive can disrupt data access and possibly corrupt data.

The system generates an alert to notify you of a failed drive. The system alsonotifies you when it detects that a drive might fail soon.

Replace a Drive Enclosure DriveA failed Drive Enclosure drive degrades data throughput. Additionally, if morethan one drive begins to fail, data loss can occur. Replace a failed drive with adrive of the same type and capacity as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface todischarge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Make sure that the replacement drive has the samecapacity and same type as the drive to be replaced.

Important: After you initiate Guided Maintenance to prepare the system forreplacing a drive, you must complete the procedure. Do not cancel thereplacement process after the replacement process has started. Canceling thereplacement process can result in loss of data.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement

2 Remove a Drive

3 Insert a Drive

4 Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component

Related LinksGuided Maintenance OverviewDrive Enclosure ComponentsGuided Maintenance Replaceable Components

Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware.

2 Select Drive Enclosures.The GUI displays the Drive Enclosures Overview page. The DriveEnclosures Overview page displays the status of the Drive Enclosurecomponents.

3 Select the Drive Enclosure containing the component that you want toreplace.

4 Select Actions > View.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

362

The View Drive Enclosure dialog displays the list of replaceable DriveEnclosure components in the Replaceable Unit list.

5 From the Replaceable Unit list, select the component that you want toreplace and click Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the Introduction page, and guides youthrough the steps to replace the Drive Enclosure component.

6 Click Next.Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

7 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

8 Click Next.Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

9 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance completes the process of preparing the system forDrive Enclosure replacement. After Guided Maintenance prepares theDrive Enclosure for replacing a component, it displays the ReplaceHardware dialog box. The Replace Hardware dialog box instructs you toreplace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing you thatthe component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts, selectSystem > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove a Drive1 On the failed drive, press the drive carrier latch to disengage the drive.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

363

Figure 321: A DE2-24P Drive Enclosure drive and drive carrier latch

Legend 1 A drive 2 Drive carrier latch (closeup)

Figure 322: A DE2-24C Drive Enclosure drive and drive carrier latch

Legend 1 A drive 2 Drive carrier latch (closeup)

2 On the failed drive, pull the drive carrier handle fully open to unlock andpartially eject the drive from the Drive Enclosure chassis.

CAUTION: Do not force open the drive carrier handle. You can damage thedrive carrier handle if you apply too much force.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

364

Figure 323: Failed drive removed from a DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

Legend 1 Drive carrier handle 2 Removing the drive

Figure 324: Failed drive removed from a DE2-24P Drive Enclosure

Legend 1 Drive carrier handle 2 Removing the drive

3 On the failed drive, grasp the middle of the drive body and pull the faileddrive completely out of the Drive Enclosure chassis.Place the failed drive into an antistatic bag.

Insert a Drive1 Make sure that the drive carrier handle on the replacement drive is in the

fully extended position.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

365

Figure 325: Extended drive carrier handles

Legend 1 Drive carrier handle DE2-24CDrive Enclosure

2 Drive carrier handle DE2-24PDrive Enclosure

2 Slide the replacement drive all the way into the Drive Enclosure chassisslot.

Figure 326: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure and inserted replacement drive

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

366

Figure 327: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure and inserted replacement drive

3 Press the drive carrier handle closed until it locks into place.

The green LED should flash green for up to one minute and becomesteady.

Return to Guided Maintenance to accept the drive.

Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status of the component is

Normal.

Guided Maintenance displays a message stating the component status. Astatus of Normal requires no action.

2 Close Guided Maintenance.You can also verify component status by navigating to System >Hardware > Drive Enclosures. The Drive Enclosure overview page liststhe status of each component.

Replace an I/O ModuleI/O modules provide the input and output transfer of data. While a single I/Omodule failure does not impact data availability, two I/O module failuresdegrade data traffic and connectivity. Replace a failed I/O module as soon aspossible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface todischarge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

367

Each Drive Enclosure has two I/O modules located at the back of the DriveEnclosure. I/O modules are customer replaceable units (CRUs). You can replace afailed I/O module without powering down the Drive Enclosure only if the otherI/O module is operational with a status of Normal.

The following figure shows the I/O modules on the back of the DE2-24P andDE2-24C Drive Enclosure types.

Note: Notice that I/O module 0 in the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure is inverted.

Figure 328: I/O modules on DE2-24P and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure types

Legend 1 I/O module 0 (DE2-24P DriveEnclosure)

3 I/O module 0 (DE2-24C DriveEnclosure)

2 I/O module 1 (DE2-24P DriveEnclosure)

4 I/O module 1 (DE2-24C DriveEnclosure)

CAUTION: Make sure you can replace the FRU or CRU within 10 minutes ofremoving the FRU or CRU. Do not remove a FRU or CRU if you cannot replace itwithin 10 minutes with a FRU or CRU or with a filler panel. If a FRU or CRU slotis left empty, the system can overheat due to improper airflow.

Note: Prior to replacement, ensure that only one I/O module has failed and thatthe other I/O module shows a status of Normal.

Procedure Overview

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

368

1 Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement

2 Remove an I/O Module

3 Insert an I/O Module

4 Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component

Related LinksGuided Maintenance OverviewDrive Enclosure ComponentsGuided Maintenance Replaceable Components

Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware.2 Select Drive Enclosures.

The GUI displays the Drive Enclosures Overview page. The DriveEnclosures Overview page displays the status of the Drive Enclosurecomponents.

3 Select the Drive Enclosure containing the component that you want toreplace.

4 Select Actions > View.The View Drive Enclosure dialog displays the list of replaceable DriveEnclosure components in the Replaceable Unit list.

5 From the Replaceable Unit list, select the component that you want toreplace and click Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the Introduction page, and guides youthrough the steps to replace the Drive Enclosure component.

6 Click Next.Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

7 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

8 Click Next.Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

9 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance completes the process of preparing the system forDrive Enclosure replacement. After Guided Maintenance prepares the

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

369

Drive Enclosure for replacing a component, it displays the ReplaceHardware dialog box. The Replace Hardware dialog box instructs you toreplace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing you thatthe component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts, selectSystem > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Remove an I/O Module1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, label

and disconnect the SAS interface cables that are attached to the I/Omodule.After replacing the I/O module, you will be required to restore the SASinterface connectors to the same configuration as prior to replacement.

Figure 329: I/O module SAS connector ports

Legend 1 SAS connector ports

2 Using your thumb and forefinger, squeeze the release button toward thelever hole to release the lever.

Figure 330: Remove the I/O module

Legend 1 Release button 2 Lever

3 Pull the lever and remove the I/O module from the Drive Enclosure.

Note: Be careful not to damage the connector pins.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

370

Insert an I/O Module1 With the lever of the replacement I/O module in the open position, slide

the I/O module into the Drive Enclosure chassis.

Note: Be careful not to damage the connector pins.

Note: Notice that I/O module 0 in the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure is inverted.

2 As the replacement I/O module contacts the chassis midplane, close thelever and reattach the release button.To confirm that the replacement I/O module is properly closed, listen foran audible click or feel the replacement I/O module engage with thechassis midplane.

Figure 331: Insert the I/O module

Legend 1 Lever

2 Release button

3 Reconnect the SAS interface cables to the SAS connector ports on the I/Omodule.Make sure to connect the SAS interface cables in the exact sameconfiguration as prior to replacement.

Figure 332: I/O module SAS connector ports

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

371

Legend 1 SAS connector ports

4 Wait approximately 60 seconds for the I/O module to restart.When the startup process completes, the following indicators should bepresent:

• The Power LED emits a steady green light.

• The Fault LED is off.

• All four Activity LEDs emit a green light for each SAS-2 port that hasan SAS interface cable connected to it.

Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status of the component is

Normal.

Guided Maintenance displays a message stating the component status. Astatus of Normal requires no action.

2 Close Guided Maintenance.You can also verify component status by navigating to System >Hardware > Drive Enclosures. The Drive Enclosure overview page liststhe status of each component.

Replace a Power Cooling ModuleThe power cooling modules provide redundant power control and cooling of thesystem. If one power cooling module fails, the other power cooling modulemaintains the power supply and cooling while you replace the failed powercooling module. Electrical overload, inadequate internal and external airflow,dirt and dust, incorrect input voltage, or a short circuit can damage a powercooling module. Replace a failed power cooling module immediately; otherwise,damage from overheating and data loss can occur.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface todischarge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

WARNING: Do not remove covers from the power coolingmodules. Power cooling modules produce a high-energy hazard.

Each Drive Enclosure has two power cooling modules located at the back of theDrive Enclosure. Power cooling modules are customer replaceable units (CRUs).You can replace a failed power cooling module without powering down theDrive Enclosure only if the other power cooling module is operational with astatus of Normal.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

372

The following figure shows the power cooling modules on the DE2-24P DriveEnclosure and the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure.

Figure 333: Power cooling modules (DE2-24P and DE2-24C Drive Enclosures)

Legend 1 Power cooling module 0 (DE2-24PDrive Enclosure)

3 Power cooling module 0 (DE2-24CDrive Enclosure)

2 Power cooling module 1 (DE2-24PDrive Enclosure)

4 Power cooling module 1 (DE2-24CDrive Enclosure)

CAUTION: Make sure you can replace the FRU or CRU within 10 minutes ofremoving the FRU or CRU. Do not remove a FRU or CRU if you cannot replace itwithin 10 minutes with a FRU or CRU or with a filler panel. If a FRU or CRU slotis left empty, the system can overheat due to improper airflow.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement

2 Remove a Power Cooling Module

3 Insert a Power Cooling Module

4 Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

373

Related LinksGuided Maintenance OverviewDrive Enclosure ComponentsGuided Maintenance Replaceable Components

Prepare a Drive Enclosure for Component Replacement1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware.

2 Select Drive Enclosures.The GUI displays the Drive Enclosures Overview page. The DriveEnclosures Overview page displays the status of the Drive Enclosurecomponents.

3 Select the Drive Enclosure containing the component that you want toreplace.

4 Select Actions > View.The View Drive Enclosure dialog displays the list of replaceable DriveEnclosure components in the Replaceable Unit list.

5 From the Replaceable Unit list, select the component that you want toreplace and click Replace Component.Guided Maintenance displays the Introduction page, and guides youthrough the steps to replace the Drive Enclosure component.

6 Click Next.Guided Maintenance displays the Identify Hardware dialog.

7 From the Identify Hardware dialog, specify how you want to identify thechassis so that you can locate it in the data center.

You can select one of the following methods to identify the chassis:

Identify Flashes the LEDs on the chassis that contains the failedcomponent.

ReverseIdentify

Flashes the LEDs on all of the chassis in the system exceptfor the chassis that contains the failed component.

8 Click Next.Based on the method you selected to identify the chassis, thecorresponding LEDs flash to help you locate the chassis in the data center.

9 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance completes the process of preparing the system forDrive Enclosure replacement. After Guided Maintenance prepares theDrive Enclosure for replacing a component, it displays the ReplaceHardware dialog box. The Replace Hardware dialog box instructs you toreplace the component. You also receive a System Alert informing you thatthe component is ready for removal. To review System Alerts, selectSystem > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

374

Remove a Power Cooling Module1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, power

off the failed power cooling module.

Note: Do not power off the healthy power cooling module.

2 Disconnect the power cord tie strap from the faulted power coolingmodule.

3 Unplug the power cord from the failed power cooling module.

4 Release the attachment lever.

To release the attachment lever, squeeze together the latch and the oppositeside of the failed power cooling module.

Figure 334: Attachment lever and latch on the power cooling module

Legend 1 Power cooling module 3 Attachment lever

2 Latch

5 Gently pull the failed power cooling module out of the Drive Enclosurechassis.

Note: Be careful not to damage the connector pins.

Insert a Power Cooling ModuleBefore sliding a power cooling into the Drive Enclosure, ensure that the powercooling module is oriented correctly. To ensure correct orientation, align the latchon the power cooling module with the inner area of the Drive Enclosure.

CAUTION: Inserting a power cooling module that is not oriented correctly into aDrive Enclosure can damage the power cooling module and the Drive Enclosure.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

375

Figure 335: Power cooling module orientation

Legend 1 Latch on the left power coolingmodule

2 Latch on the right power coolingmodule

1 With the attachment lever fully open, orient the power cooling module sothat the latch aligns with the inner area of the Drive Enclosure and slidethe power cooling module into the chassis slot.

Figure 336: Replacement power cooling module with a fully openattachment lever

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

376

Legend 1 Power cooling module 2 Opened attachment lever

2 As the replacement power cooling module contacts the Drive Enclosurechassis midplane, close the attachment lever.To confirm that the replacement power cooling module is properly closed,listen for an audible click or feel the part engage with the Drive Enclosurechassis midplane.

Figure 337: Replacement power cooling module (right side)

Legend 1 Slide replacement power coolingmodule into Drive Enclosure chassis slot

2 Close the attachmentlever

3 On the replacement power cooling module, make sure that the powerswitch is off.

4 Plug the power cord into the replacement power cooling module.5 Attach the power cord tie strap to the power cord.6 Power on the replacement power cooling module.

When the power-on process completes, the following indicators should bepresent:

• The Power status LED emits a steady green light.

• All other LEDs are off.

Verify the Status of a Drive Enclosure Component1 From Guided Maintenance, verify that the status of the component is

Normal.

Guided Maintenance displays a message stating the component status. Astatus of Normal requires no action.

2 Close Guided Maintenance.You can also verify component status by navigating to System >Hardware > Drive Enclosures. The Drive Enclosure overview page liststhe status of each component.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

377

Replace a Drive Enclosure ChassisIf a component inside of a Drive Enclosure is damaged, data loss can occur.Replace the Drive Enclosure as soon as possible.

Note: Replacement of the Drive Enclosure requires assistance from OracleCustomer Support.

You have the following options when replacing a Drive Enclosure:

Replace a DriveEnclosurewhile data isaccessible

To ensure that the data remains accessible to users while theDrive Enclosure is offline, migrate the data off of the DriveEnclosure prior to replacing it. The Oracle FS System continuesto operate without a loss of data availability.

Important: Migrating the data off of a Drive Enclosure can takeseveral hours, depending upon the Drive Enclosure’s usedcapacity. When the data migration completes, you receive asystem alert informing you that the data has been migrated.

Migrating data requires that the Drive Enclosure is functionaland enough free capacity must exist on the other DriveEnclosures in the same Storage Domain.

Replace a DriveEnclosurewhile data isinaccessible

If the Drive Enclosure is not functional, or if enough freecapacity does not exist on the other Drive Enclosures in thesame Storage Domain, shut down the Oracle FS System priorto replacing the Drive Enclosure. Users cannot access the datawhile the system is offline; however, the replacementprocedure requires less than one hour to complete comparedto several hours necessary to migrate the data.The data remains on the drives. During the replacementprocedure, you remove those drives from the original DriveEnclosure and insert them into the replacement DriveEnclosure. When the replacement Drive Enclosure joins thesystem, the system recognizes the original drives and theoriginal drive groups.

Note: Prior to shutting down the system, determine whetherthe primary drive group in the Storage Domain is with theDrive Enclosure that you plan to replace. If the primary drivegroup is with the Drive Enclosure that you plan to replace,select a drive group from a different Drive Enclosure to be theprimary drive group. Then, proceed with shutting down thesystem.

Note: You do not use Guided Maintenance to replace a Drive Enclosure.

Procedure Overview

• Replace a Drive Enclosure (Data Accessible)

• Replace a Drive Enclosure (Data Inaccessible)

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

378

Replace a Drive Enclosure (Data Accessible)Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface to

discharge any static electricity.• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to your

wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2 screwdriverwith at least a four-inch shaft.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure. Droppinga Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life of the drives.

Procedure Overview

1 Migrate Data Off of a Drive Enclosure

2 Power Off a Drive Enclosure

3 Remove a Drive Enclosure

4 Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24P)

5 Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24C)

6 Power On a Drive Enclosure

7 Accept the Drives for a Replacement Drive Enclosure

8 Add Drive Groups to the Storage Domain

Migrate Data Off of a Drive Enclosure1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Storage

Domains.

2 From the list of Storage Domains, locate the Drive Enclosure that you wantto replace and select all of its associated drive groups.

Note: Make sure that you select all of the drive groups associated with theselected Drive Enclosure. A Drive Enclosure with hard disk drives (HDDs)has two drive groups. A Drive Enclosure with solid state drives (SSDs) canhave at least one drive group and as many as three drive groups.

3 Select Actions > Remove from Storage Domain.

The GUI displays the Remove from Storage Domain dialog.

4 Select a migration priority.

5 Click OK.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

379

The system removes the drive groups from the selected Storage Domainand adds them to the (unassigned) list.

6 One at a time, select a drive group from the (unassigned) list, then selectActions > Delete Drive Group.

The system removes the drive group record and migrates the data to theother drive groups in the Storage Domain. When the data migrationcompletes, the system marks the drive group as excluded.

Important: Migrating the data off of a Drive Enclosure can take severalhours, depending upon the Drive Enclosure’s used capacity. When the datamigration completes, you receive a system alert informing you that thedata has been migrated.

Power Off a Drive Enclosure1 Turn the power switch to the Off position.

The power switch is located on the back of the Drive Enclosure.

Figure 338: Drive Enclosure power switch

Legend 1 Power cooling module

2 Power switch

• O indicates Off

• — indicates On

2 Disconnect the power cords from the PDUs and from the power coolingmodules on the Drive Enclosure.

3 Disconnect all data cables from the Drive Enclosure.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

380

Important: Label the data cables so that you can easily identify the datacables and corresponding ports when reconnecting.

Remove a Drive Enclosure1 Remove the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drives

from the failed chassis and place them on a statically-protected surface.

Removing these replaceable units helps reduce the weight of the DriveEnclosure and makes it easier to lift.

Note: Label each drive with its corresponding drive slot number. Use thisinformation to ensure that you insert the drives into the correct drive slotsof the replacement chassis.

2 Remove the screws that secure the back of the Drive Enclosure chassis tothe rails.

Figure 339: Location of the screw that secures the chassis to the rail

3 Remove the Phillips 13mm head hex flange screws from the front of theDrive Enclosure chassis.

To access the Phillips 13mm head hex flange screws, remove the front-sidecaps located on the left and right sides of the Drive Enclosure.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe Drive Enclosure RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the DriveEnclosure. Take care not to mix up the right front-side caps among DriveEnclosures.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

381

Figure 340: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

4 Slide the Drive Enclosure to the front of the rack.5 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, remove the Drive Enclosure

from the rack.

Figure 341: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

Note: Make sure to set the Drive Enclosure on an ESD-qualified mat orsurface.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24P)1 With the help of a partner or mechanical lift, carefully lift the Drive

Enclosure to the location of the prepared slot and rest the Drive Enclosureon the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighs

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

382

approximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure.Dropping a Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life ofthe drives.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Figure 342: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

2 Angle the Drive Enclosure slightly to the left and align the DriveEnclosure’s left side slider so that it engages with the left rail channel.

Figure 343: Left rail channel

Legend 1 Left rail channel

3 Slightly tug the Drive Enclosure to the right and align the DriveEnclosure’s right side slider so that it engages with the right rail channel.

4 Apply even pressure to both sides of the Drive Enclosure and carefullyslide the Drive Enclosure into the rails.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

383

Important: The Drive Enclosure must be fully seated in the rack. To verifythat the Drive Enclosure is fully seated, check for the following:

• Using a flashlight, visually check to see that the sliders on both sidesof the Drive Enclosure are in the rail channels on both sides of therack. If the Drive Enclosure side sliders are not in the rail channels,then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You must reinsert the DriveEnclosure.

• Ensure that the Drive Enclosure slides smoothly into the rack andout of the rack. If the Drive Enclosure does not slide smoothly in andout of the rack, then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You mustreinsert the Drive Enclosure.

• Ensure that the screw hole at the back of the Drive Enclosure alignswith the screw hole on the rail. Do not secure the screw, yet. If thescrew hole at the back of the Drive Enclosure does not align with thescrew hole on the rail, then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. Youmust reinsert the Drive Enclosure.

5 On both sides of the Drive Enclosure, insert a Phillips Number 2 pan headscrew with patch lock through the hole at the back of the Drive Enclosureand secure it into the screw hole on the rail.

Figure 344: Back of the Drive Enclosure and Rail secured

Legend 1 Phillips Number 2 pan head screwwith patch lock

2 Back of the DriveEnclosure

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

384

Important: If you insert the screw through the hole at the back of the DriveEnclosure and the screw does not align with the screw hole on the rail,then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You must reinstall the DriveEnclosure.

6 Remove the front-side caps on both sides of the Drive Enclosure and securea Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the Drive Enclosure. Take care notto mix up the right front-side caps among Drive Enclosures.

Figure 345: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

After you have secured the Drive Enclosure to the rails, attach the front-side caps to the Drive Enclosure.

7 Insert the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drivesinto their corresponding slots in the chassis.

Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24C)1 With the help of a partner or mechanical lift, carefully lift the Drive

Enclosure to the location of the prepared slot and rest the Drive Enclosureon the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure.Dropping a Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life ofthe drives.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

385

Figure 346: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

2 Carefully slide the Drive Enclosure into the rack.

The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure rails have a ledge along the bottom of therail to allow you to slide the Drive Enclosure into the rack. To verify thatthe Drive Enclosure is seated correctly in the rails, ensure that the bottomedges on both sides of the Drive Enclosure slide along the left and right railledges.

Figure 347: The rail ledge for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

3 At the back of the chassis, insert and fully tighten a Phillips Number 2 panhead screw with patch lock into the side of the rail.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

386

Figure 348: Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock

Legend 1 Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock

4 Remove the front-side caps on both sides of the Drive Enclosure and securea Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the Drive Enclosure. Take care notto mix up the right front-side caps among Drive Enclosures.

Figure 349: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

After you have secured the Drive Enclosure to the rails, attach the front-side caps to the Drive Enclosure.

5 Insert the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drivesinto their corresponding slots in the chassis.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

387

Power On a Drive Enclosure1 Connect all of the data cables to the Drive Enclosure.

2 Connect one end of a power cord into each power cooling module.

3 Connect the other end of the power cords to the PDUs.

4 Turn the power switch to the On position.The power switch is located on the back of the Drive Enclosure.

5 Turn on the rack circuit breakers, if applicable.

It might take several minutes for a Drive Enclosure to power on.

After the Drive Enclosure powers on, make sure that the System PowerLED indicator on the front of the Drive Enclosure emits a steady green.Also, make sure that each power cooling module Status LED indicatoremits a steady green.

Accept the Drives for a Replacement Drive Enclosure1 Navigate to System > Alerts and Events > System Alerts.

2 Double-click the Foreign Disk Drive system alert.

3 Click Accept New Drives.

4 Click OK.

The system updates the statuses of each drive and automatically createsdrive groups. You must add all of the drive groups to the same StorageDomain from which the drive groups were removed.

Add Drive Groups to the Storage Domain1 Navigate to System > Storage Domains.

2 Select all of the new drive groups from the (unassigned) list, then selectActions > Add to Storage Domain.The GUI displays the Add to Storage Domain dialog.

3 From the Storage Domain list, select the name of the Storage Domain towhich the drive groups had been originally assigned.

4 Select Rebalance Volume Data.

5 From the Drive groups to be included list, verify that all of the drivegroups are selected.

6 Click OK.

Replace a Drive Enclosure (Data Inaccessible)Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a grounded surface to

discharge any static electricity.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

388

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap to yourwrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2 screwdriverwith at least a four-inch shaft.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure. Droppinga Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life of the drives.

Procedure Overview

1 Determine the Primary Drive Group

2 Shut Down the Oracle FS System

3 Power Off a Drive Enclosure

4 Remove a Drive Enclosure

5 Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24P)

6 Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24C)

7 Power On a Drive Enclosure

8 Restart the Oracle FS System

9 Verify the Replacement of a Drive Enclosure

Determine the Primary Drive Group1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), select System > Storage Domains.

The Storage Domains overview page lists the Storage Domains and drivegroups. The primary drive group is indicated by the following icon:

Legend 1 The primary drive group

If the primary drive group is with the Drive Enclosure that you plan toreplace, continue with the following steps.

2 Select the drive group that you want to become the primary drive group.

3 Select Actions > Modify Drive Group.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

389

4 Select the Make this drive group the primary drive group option.

5 Click OK.

Shut Down the Oracle FS System

Prerequisites: If the primary drive group is with the Drive Enclosure that youplan to remove or to replace, you have selected a drive groupfrom a different Drive Enclosure to be the primary drive group.

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), select Oracle FS > Shut Down.

2 Click OK.

The shutdown process stops the software processes and shuts down thehardware components in an orderly fashion.

Note: Users cannot access data while the system is offline.

Power Off a Drive Enclosure1 Turn the power switch to the Off position.

The power switch is located on the back of the Drive Enclosure.

Figure 350: Drive Enclosure power switch

Legend 1 Power cooling module

2 Power switch

• O indicates Off

• — indicates On

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

390

2 Disconnect the power cords from the PDUs and from the power coolingmodules on the Drive Enclosure.

3 Disconnect all data cables from the Drive Enclosure.

Important: Label the data cables so that you can easily identify the datacables and corresponding ports when reconnecting.

Remove a Drive Enclosure1 Remove the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drives

from the failed chassis and place them on a statically-protected surface.

Removing these replaceable units helps reduce the weight of the DriveEnclosure and makes it easier to lift.

Note: Label each drive with its corresponding drive slot number. Use thisinformation to ensure that you insert the drives into the correct drive slotsof the replacement chassis.

2 Remove the screws that secure the back of the Drive Enclosure chassis tothe rails.

Figure 351: Location of the screw that secures the chassis to the rail

3 Remove the Phillips 13mm head hex flange screws from the front of theDrive Enclosure chassis.

To access the Phillips 13mm head hex flange screws, remove the front-sidecaps located on the left and right sides of the Drive Enclosure.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe Drive Enclosure RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the DriveEnclosure. Take care not to mix up the right front-side caps among DriveEnclosures.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

391

Figure 352: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

4 Slide the Drive Enclosure to the front of the rack.5 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, remove the Drive Enclosure

from the rack.

Figure 353: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

Note: Make sure to set the Drive Enclosure on an ESD-qualified mat orsurface.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24P)1 With the help of a partner or mechanical lift, carefully lift the Drive

Enclosure to the location of the prepared slot and rest the Drive Enclosureon the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighs

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

392

approximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure.Dropping a Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life ofthe drives.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Figure 354: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

2 Angle the Drive Enclosure slightly to the left and align the DriveEnclosure’s left side slider so that it engages with the left rail channel.

Figure 355: Left rail channel

Legend 1 Left rail channel

3 Slightly tug the Drive Enclosure to the right and align the DriveEnclosure’s right side slider so that it engages with the right rail channel.

4 Apply even pressure to both sides of the Drive Enclosure and carefullyslide the Drive Enclosure into the rails.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

393

Important: The Drive Enclosure must be fully seated in the rack. To verifythat the Drive Enclosure is fully seated, check for the following:

• Using a flashlight, visually check to see that the sliders on both sidesof the Drive Enclosure are in the rail channels on both sides of therack. If the Drive Enclosure side sliders are not in the rail channels,then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You must reinsert the DriveEnclosure.

• Ensure that the Drive Enclosure slides smoothly into the rack andout of the rack. If the Drive Enclosure does not slide smoothly in andout of the rack, then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You mustreinsert the Drive Enclosure.

• Ensure that the screw hole at the back of the Drive Enclosure alignswith the screw hole on the rail. Do not secure the screw, yet. If thescrew hole at the back of the Drive Enclosure does not align with thescrew hole on the rail, then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. Youmust reinsert the Drive Enclosure.

5 On both sides of the Drive Enclosure, insert a Phillips Number 2 pan headscrew with patch lock through the hole at the back of the Drive Enclosureand secure it into the screw hole on the rail.

Figure 356: Back of the Drive Enclosure and Rail secured

Legend 1 Phillips Number 2 pan head screwwith patch lock

2 Back of the DriveEnclosure

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

394

Important: If you insert the screw through the hole at the back of the DriveEnclosure and the screw does not align with the screw hole on the rail,then the Drive Enclosure is not seated. You must reinstall the DriveEnclosure.

6 Remove the front-side caps on both sides of the Drive Enclosure and securea Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the Drive Enclosure. Take care notto mix up the right front-side caps among Drive Enclosures.

Figure 357: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

After you have secured the Drive Enclosure to the rails, attach the front-side caps to the Drive Enclosure.

7 Insert the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drivesinto their corresponding slots in the chassis.

Insert a Replacement Drive Enclosure into a Rack (DE2-24C)1 With the help of a partner or mechanical lift, carefully lift the Drive

Enclosure to the location of the prepared slot and rest the Drive Enclosureon the bottom ledge of the left and right rails.

CAUTION: The Drive Enclosures are heavy. Work with a partner or use amechanical lift for assistance. The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 102 lbs (46 kg) and the DE2-24P Drive Enclosure weighsapproximately 53 lbs (24 kg). Be careful not to drop a Drive Enclosure.Dropping a Drive Enclosure can cause damage and can reduce the life ofthe drives.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the power coolingmodules and disrupt electrical power to the Drive Enclosure.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

395

Figure 358: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure (left) and DE2-24C Drive Enclosure(right)

2 Carefully slide the Drive Enclosure into the rack.

The DE2-24C Drive Enclosure rails have a ledge along the bottom of therail to allow you to slide the Drive Enclosure into the rack. To verify thatthe Drive Enclosure is seated correctly in the rails, ensure that the bottomedges on both sides of the Drive Enclosure slide along the left and right railledges.

Figure 359: The rail ledge for the DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

3 At the back of the chassis, insert and fully tighten a Phillips Number 2 panhead screw with patch lock into the side of the rail.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

396

Figure 360: Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock

Legend 1 Phillips Number 2 pan head screw with patch lock

4 Remove the front-side caps on both sides of the Drive Enclosure and securea Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw.

Note: The front-side cap on the right side of the Drive Enclosure containsthe RFID tag, which uniquely identifies the Drive Enclosure. Take care notto mix up the right front-side caps among Drive Enclosures.

Figure 361: Left front-side cap and Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw

Legend 1 Phillips 13mm head hex flange screw 2 Left front-side cap

After you have secured the Drive Enclosure to the rails, attach the front-side caps to the Drive Enclosure.

5 Insert the I/O modules, the power cooling modules, and all of the drivesinto their corresponding slots in the chassis.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

397

Power On a Drive Enclosure1 Connect all of the data cables to the Drive Enclosure.

2 Connect one end of a power cord into each power cooling module.

3 Connect the other end of the power cords to the PDUs.

4 Turn the power switch to the On position.The power switch is located on the back of the Drive Enclosure.

5 Turn on the rack circuit breakers, if applicable.

It might take several minutes for a Drive Enclosure to power on.

After the Drive Enclosure powers on, make sure that the System PowerLED indicator on the front of the Drive Enclosure emits a steady green.Also, make sure that each power cooling module Status LED indicatoremits a steady green.

Restart the Oracle FS System1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), select Oracle FS > Restart.

2 Click OK.

Verify the Replacement of a Drive Enclosure

1 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Drive Enclosures.

2 From the Drive Enclosures Overview page, monitor the status of the DriveEnclosure as it returns online.

A status of Normal requires no action.

Verify that the Drive Enclosure and the drive groups have a status ofNormal.

Drive Enclosure Replacement Procedures

398

CHAPTER 5

Pilot Replacement Procedures

Pilot OverviewThe Pilot is an out-of-band management controller that directs and manages allsystem activity.

Each Oracle FS System has one active Pilot and one standby Pilot.

The Pilot provides access to the following:

• All management functions for the Oracle FS System

• System monitoring, alerts, log collection, and automatic log transmission

• Management for restarting, replacing, updating, and recovering Controllerand Drive Enclosure resources

The following figure shows the front of the Pilot.

Figure 362: Pilot

Replace a Pilot BatteryThe lithium coin-cell battery in the Pilot maintains system time when the Pilot ispowered off and a time server is unavailable. The battery also powers the CMOSBIOS system settings of the Oracle FS System. Replace the battery if the Pilot failsto maintain proper time or the battery gets discharged due to wear and tear.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

399

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure you have a screwdriver or any kind of sharppointed object.

Each Pilot has a battery located on the Pilot motherboard. Batteries are customerreplaceable units (CRUs) and are not hot-serviceable. Replacing the batteryrequires you to power down the Pilot. The following figure identifies the locationof the battery inside the Pilot motherboard.

Figure 363: Pilot battery

Legend 1 Pilot battery

2 Pilot motherboard

Note: The battery can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Pilotchassis.

Note: Ensure that all power is removed from the Pilot before removing orinstalling the battery. You must disconnect the power cords from the Pilot beforeperforming these procedures.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove a Battery

7 Insert a Battery

8 Close Pilot Top Cover

Pilot Replacement Procedures

400

9 Close Pilot Fan Door

10 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

11 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

12 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

13 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

401

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 364: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

402

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Figure 365: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

403

Figure 366: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 367: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove a Battery

Pilot Replacement Procedures

404

1 Remove the battery by placing your finger or a pointed tool like ascrewdriver under the battery on the side nearest to the back of the Pilotand gently lifting the battery out of the retainer.

Figure 368: Pilot battery removal

Legend 1 Pilot battery

2 Battery socket

2 Place the battery on an antistatic mat.

Note: Replacing a battery usually resets the CMOS settings to a defaultvalue.

Insert a Battery

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Press the replacement battery into the battery retainer with the positiveside (+) facing upwards.

Figure 369: Battery insertion

Pilot Replacement Procedures

405

Legend 1 Pilot battery

2 Battery socket

If the Pilot is configured to synchronize with a network time server usingthe Network Time Protocol (NTP), the Oracle ILOM clock is reset as soonas the Pilot is powered on and connected to the network. Otherwise,proceed to the next step.

3 If the Pilot is not configured to use NTP, reset the Oracle ILOM clock usingthe Oracle ILOM CLI or the web interface. You can also reprogram theBIOS Setup utility to reprogram the host clock.For instructions, on setting the Oracle ILOM clock, see the OracleIntegrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) 3.1 Documentation Library.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

406

Figure 370: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

407

Figure 371: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

408

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot SAS HBAA serial attached SCSI (SAS) host bus adapter (HBA) provides access to the SAShard disk drive (HDD) in the Pilot. A damaged SAS HBA can result in losingaccess to the SAS HDD to which the SAS HBA connects using the SAS cablebundle and must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Use only the filler panels provided with the Pilot tomaintain proper airflow and EMI conformance forempty slots inside the Pilot.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot supports a single 6 Gb/s SAS HBA on the PCIe slot of its riser. Toservice a SAS HBA, the PCIe risers inside the Pilot and the filler panels inside theriser must be removed. The SAS HBA is a customer replaceable unit (CRU) and isnot hot-serviceable. However, replacing a SAS HBA will require failing over alloperations to the other Pilot. The following figure shows the location of the SASHBA inside a riser board assembly.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

409

Figure 372: SAS HBA

Legend 1 Riser board assembly

2 SAS HBA

Note: The SAS HBA can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Pilotchassis.

Note: To replace a SAS HBA, you do not need to remove the Pilot from the rackbut extend it along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

Note: The riser that contains the failed SAS HBA must be removed beforeservicing the HBA.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove a SAS HBA

7 Insert a SAS HBA

8 Close Pilot Top Cover

9 Close Pilot Fan Door

10 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

11 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

12 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

13 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Pilot Replacement Procedures

410

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

411

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 373: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

412

Figure 374: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

413

Figure 375: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 376: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove a SAS HBA

Identify the riser in which the failed SAS HBA is located.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

414

Note: There are three riser board assemblies inside the Pilot chassis.

Insert a SAS HBA

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle into the HBA inside the riser.3 Orient the SAS HBA so that the brackets of the HBA align with the

alignment pin in the PCIe slot of the riser.

Figure 377: SAS HBA insertion into the riser

Legend 1 Riser board

2 SAS HBA

Important: Hold the SAS HBA by the edges. Do not touch the metalcontacts on the bottom of the card.

4 Push the connectors on the edge of the SAS HBA into the PCIe slot bypushing firmly to seat the card.

5 Apply firm pressure on each end of the SAS HBA alternately until it clicksinto place in the riser socket.

CAUTION: Support the SAS HBA and the riser as necessary to preventexcessive flexure. Otherwise, the SAS HBA or the riser card might break.

6 Insert the riser into the black slot on the Pilot motherboard and slide therelease tab backward to secure the riser in position.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

415

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 378: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

416

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Figure 379: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

417

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot RiserRiser board assemblies include printed circuit boards and PCIe slots in whichHBAs can be inserted based on system type and configuration. A failed riserboard assembly can cause read and write errors because the HBAs will not beable to function properly. Replace a failed riser board as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot contains three riser board assemblies (R1 to R3 – left to right) locatedside-by-side at the back of the Pilot next to the power supplies. Risers arecustomer replaceable units (CRUs). The SAS HBA is the only HBA that isinserted into the Pilot riser. Replacing a riser requires you to power down the

Pilot Replacement Procedures

418

Pilot. The following figure shows the location of the riser board assemblies on thePilot motherboard.

Figure 380: Riser locations

Legend 1 Pilot motherboard

2 Risers

Note: The risers can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Pilotchassis.

Important: Disconnect any cables connected to the HBAs in the riser that must bereplaced.

Note: To replace a riser, you do not need to remove the Pilot from the rack butextend the Pilot along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove a Riser

7 Insert a Riser

Pilot Replacement Procedures

419

8 Close Pilot Top Cover

9 Close Pilot Fan Door

10 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

11 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

12 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

13 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

420

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 381: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

421

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Figure 382: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

422

Figure 383: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 384: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove a Riser

Pilot Replacement Procedures

423

1 Press on the release tab of the riser to release the riser from the Pilotmotherboard.

2 Carefully pull up the release tab on the riser to release the filler panel orHBA card (if any) and pull the riser straight up.

Figure 385: Riser board assembly removal

Legend 1 Release tab on the riser

2 Riser

3 HBA

4 Motherboard

Note: Remove any host bus adapter (HBA) cables or HBAs that are on thefailed riser assemblies using the appropriate procedure. Make a note of theriser slot in which the HBAs are installed and the SAS cables that areconnected to the HBAs.

3 Disconnect the SAS cable bundle that connects the SAS HBA and the Pilotdisk backplane and set aside.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

424

Figure 386: Disconnect SAS cable bundle

Legend 1 Riser

2 HBA

3 SAS cable bundle

4 Remove any HBA cards (usually the SAS card) that are inserted into thePCI-express (PCI-e) slots of the riser and place the riser and the HBA cardson an antistatic mat.

Note: Retain the HBA cards because they will be placed inside thereplacement riser board assembly.

Insert a Riser

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert the HBA cards that were placed aside and insert them in the samePCIe slots as before within the replacement riser.

3 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle into the HBA inside the riser.

4 Insert the riser into the black slot on the Pilot motherboard and slide therelease tab backward to secure the riser in position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

425

Figure 387: Pilot riser insertion

Legend 1 Release tab

2 Riser

3 HBA

4Pilot motherboard

5 Insert the filler panels, if any, inside the riser.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

426

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 388: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

427

Figure 389: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

428

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot Power SupplyPower supplies, which exist in pairs, provide DC to all of the Pilot components. Ifone power supply fails, the other supply carries the full load. This situationcreates a risk of Pilot failure should the other power supply also fail.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a similar replacement powersupply available before you start the replacementprocedure.

• Initiate Guided Maintenance only when you are ableto replace the power supplies immediately.

Each Pilot has a pair of power supplies that are located at the back of the Pilot.Power supplies are customer replaceable units (CRUs). Replacing a failed powersupply does not require you to bring the Pilot offline, provided that the otherpower supply is online and working. The following figure shows the location ofthe Pilot power supplies.

Figure 390: Location of the Pilot power supplies

Legend 1 Power supplies (PS-0 on left) and (PS-1 on right)

Pilot Replacement Procedures

429

Note: To replace a power supply, the left side of the CMA must be disengagedfrom the end of the slide before the power supply can be pulled out. Disengagingthe CMA reduces the risk of damaging the cables.

Important: Do not remove the failed power supply until you have a replacementpower supply to ensure proper airflow in the Pilot.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Remove a Power Supply

3 Insert a Power Supply

4 Verify Power Supply Replacement on a Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The power

Pilot Replacement Procedures

430

supplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Remove a Power Supply

1 From the back of the Pilot, remove the velcro that holds the power cordfrom the failed power supply.

Note: You might need to swing the cable management arm (CMA) out ofthe way to access the power supplies. If the CMA is still in the way, extendthe Pilot approximately 20 cm (8 inches) out of the front of the rack.

Note: The fans of a failed power supply may still be spinning when thesystem is powered on. You can remove a power supply while the fans arestill spinning.

2 Disconnect the power cord from the failed power supply.

3 While holding the power supply handle with one hand, use the other handto push the power supply latch to the left.

Figure 391: Power supply removal

Legend 1 Power supplies (PS0 and PS1)

2 Power supply handle

3 Power supply compartment

4 Pull the power supply out of the chassis and place the power supply on anantistatic mat.

CAUTION: Whenever you remove a power supply, you should replace itwith another power supply; otherwise, the Pilot might overheat due toimproper airflow.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

431

Insert a Power Supply

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Align the replacement power supply with the empty power supplycompartment.

3 Slide the power supply into the bay until it is fully seated.

Figure 392: Power supply insertion

Legend 1 Power supplies (PS0 and PS1)

2 Power supply handle

3 Power supply compartment

Note: Listen for an audible click or feel the power supply engage toconfirm that the power supply is properly seated.

4 Re-connect the power cord into the replacement power supply.

5 Attach the power cord velcro to the power supply.

Note: If you pulled the Pilot out of the rack to make it easier to remove thepower supply, push the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks at thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Verify Power Supply Replacement on a Pilot1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

432

Replace a Pilot Fan ModuleIf a fan module fails, the Pilot internal temperature rises quickly. If thetemperature exceeds normal thresholds, the system issues critical alerts. Replacefan modules as soon as possible to prevent high-temperature buildup.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• If you need to replace multiple fan module, replaceonly one fan module at a time and within fiveminutes.

• Initiate Guided Maintenance only when you are ableto replace the fan module immediately.

Each Pilot has four fan modules that are located side-by-side at the center insidethe Pilot chassis. A fan module is a customer replaceable unit (CRU) and is hot-serviceable. Replacing a fan module does not require you to bring the Pilotoffline. The following figure shows the location of the Pilot fan modules.

Figure 393: Fan module location

Legend 1 Fan module

2 Fan compartment

3 Fan door

4 Pilot

Note: The fan module can be accessed only after removing the cover over thePilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

433

Note: To replace a fan module, you do not need to remove the Pilot from the rackbut extend it along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Slide Pilot to Service Position

3 Open Pilot Fan Door

4 Remove a Fan Module

5 Insert a Fan Module

6 Close Pilot Fan Door

7 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

8 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

9 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cords

Pilot Replacement Procedures

434

and data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 394: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

435

Figure 395: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

436

Figure 396: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger on both sides of the fan module tab,gently lift the fan module from the fan compartment.

Figure 397: Pilot fan module removal

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

437

2 Set the fan module aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: When replacing a fan module, do not service any other componentsunless the system is shut down and the power cords are removed.

Insert a Fan Module

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Grasp the fan module tabs and press the fan down firmly into the fanmodule compartment.

Figure 398: Fan module insertion

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: Apply firm pressure to fully seat the fan module into the fancompartment. The fan modules are notched to ensure that they areinstalled in the correct orientation.

3 Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seat the fanmodule.

Close Pilot Fan Door

Pilot Replacement Procedures

438

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Figure 399: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.

A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

439

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot DIMMDual in-line memory modules (DIMMs) provide random access memory (RAM)for the central processing units (CPUs) in the Pilot. A failed DIMM would causethe Pilot to fail and must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that all DIMM slots are filled with either fillerpanels or DIMMs to ensure proper airflow.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot has two standard DIMMs with an 8 GB memory. DIMMs areconnected to the DIMM slots located on both sides of the central processing unit(CPUs) and heatsinks on the Pilot motherboard. DIMMs are customerreplaceable units (CRUs) but are not hot-swappable. Replacing a DIMM requiresyou to power down the Pilot. The following figure shows the location of theDIMMs on the Pilot motherboard and DIMM LEDs.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

440

Figure 400: Location of the DIMMs on the Pilot motherboard

Legend 1 DIMMs

2 Motherboard

3 DIMM LED

Note: The DIMMs can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Pilotchassis.

Note: To replace a DIMM, you do not need to remove the Pilot from the rack butextend it along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove a Pilot DIMM

7 Insert a Pilot DIMM

8 Close Pilot Top Cover

9 Close Pilot Fan Door

10 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

11 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

12 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

13 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

441

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

442

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 401: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

443

Figure 402: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

444

Figure 403: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 404: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove a Pilot DIMM

1 Remove the DIMM by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theDIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

445

Figure 405: Pilot DIMM removal

Legend 1 DIMM

2 DIMM slot

3 DIMM tab

Note: While inserting or removing DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

2 Lift out the faulted DIMM and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the DIMM slots, and the DIMM, for physicaldamage by checking for cracked or broken plastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes DIMMs might fault because of dust or improperalignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dust DIMMs.

Insert a Pilot DIMM

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Press the DIMM fully into the DIMM slot and ensure that the tabs on bothsides of the DIMM are locked.

Important: Ensure that the notch in the DIMM lines up with the key in theslot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

446

Note: Replace only one DIMM at a time to make sure that they are insertedinto the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple DIMMs into the slotsmight damage the DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert filler panels intoempty DIMM slots to ensure proper air flow inside the Pilot.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 406: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

Pilot Replacement Procedures

447

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Figure 407: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

448

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot ChassisIf an integrated riveted component of a Pilot chassis is damaged, the chassismust be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

449

• Ensure that there is a workbench available to placethe Pilot chassis once it is removed from the rack forservicing.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Oracle Flash Storage System has two Pilots installed in the rack. The Pilotchassis is a customer replaceable unit (CRU). Replacing a Pilot chassis requiresyou to bring the failed Pilot offline and fail over operations to the standby Pilotusing Guided Maintenance.

CAUTION: The Pilot weighs approximately 18.1 kilograms (39.9 pounds). Twopeople are required to carry the Pilot chassis and install it into the rack.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanisms before installing the Pilot intothe rack.

Important: The replacement Pilot ships as a metal chassis without any pre-existing components inside it. Replacement of the Pilot chassis requiresassistance from Oracle Customer Support because it involves removing all FRUsand CRUs from the failed chassis and reinstalling them into the replacementchassis.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the failed Pilot beforeremoving the Pilot chassis. You must disconnect the power cords beforeperforming this procedure.

Note: To replace a Pilot chassis, you must remove the failed Pilot from the rack.

Note: Using Guided Maintenance ensures that none of the re-used componentshave failed in case the replacement Pilot is re-using pre-existing components(CRUs and FRUs) from the failed Pilot.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Disconnect Pilot Cabling

4 Slide Pilot to Service Position

5 Remove Pilot Chassis From Rack

6 Open Pilot Fan Door

7 Open Pilot Top Cover

8 Remove Components From the Pilot

9 Insert Components on the Pilot

Pilot Replacement Procedures

450

10 Close Pilot Top Cover

11 Close Pilot Fan Door

12 Insert the Pilot Onto the Rack

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

451

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Disconnect Pilot Cabling

1 Disconnect all power and data cables from the Pilot.These include:

• Ethernet cables connected to the network ports

• Rollover cable connected to the serial port

• Power cables connected to the power supplies of the Pilot

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Pilot so that they can be re-connected accurately to the Pilot after thereplacement procedure is complete.

Important: Ensure that the Pilot host is powered off completely beforeremoving the power cords.

CAUTION: When you press the power button to enter standby powermode, power is still directed to the power supply fans in the Pilot. Tocompletely power off the Pilot, you must disconnect the power cords fromthe back of the power supplies.

2 Disconnect the cable management arm (CMA) by pulling the release tabson the left side until the CMA detaches from the chassis.

Note: Do not disconnect the cables attached to the CMA.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

452

Figure 408: CMA release tabs

Legend 1 CMA 4 Release tab to disconnect the CMA

2 Pilot 5 Cables disconnected from the Pilot

3 Rails

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

453

Figure 409: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

454

Figure 410: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Remove Pilot Chassis From Rack

1 From the front of the Pilot, pull the slide-rail release tabs toward the frontof the Pilot and pull the Pilot out of the rack until it is free of the rack rails.

Note: A slide-rail release tab is located on each slide-rail. To pull the slide-rail release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab, not on the end,and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front of the Pilot.

2 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, place the Pilot on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat or workbench.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanisms before installing the Pilotinto the rack.

CAUTION: The Pilot weighs approximately 39.9 pounds (18.1 kilograms).Two people are required to dismount and carry the chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

455

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the powersupplies and disrupt electrical power to the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Figure 411: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

456

Figure 412: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove Components From the Pilot

Remove the necessary components on the Pilot following the proceduresoutlined below.

Note: All components that are removed from the Pilot must be placed onan antistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Remove a Power Supply

1 From the back of the Pilot, remove the velcro that holds the power cordfrom the failed power supply.

Note: You might need to swing the cable management arm (CMA) out ofthe way to access the power supplies. If the CMA is still in the way, extendthe Pilot approximately 20 cm (8 inches) out of the front of the rack.

Note: The fans of a failed power supply may still be spinning when thesystem is powered on. You can remove a power supply while the fans arestill spinning.

2 Disconnect the power cord from the failed power supply.

3 While holding the power supply handle with one hand, use the other handto push the power supply latch to the left.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

457

Figure 413: Power supply removal

Legend 1 Power supplies (PS0 and PS1)

2 Power supply handle

3 Power supply compartment

4 Pull the power supply out of the chassis and place the power supply on anantistatic mat.

CAUTION: Whenever you remove a power supply, you should replace itwith another power supply; otherwise, the Pilot might overheat due toimproper airflow.

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger on both sides of the fan module tab,gently lift the fan module from the fan compartment.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

458

Figure 414: Pilot fan module removal

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: When replacing a fan module, do not service any other componentsunless the system is shut down and the power cords are removed.

Remove the Fan Compartment

1 Lift the fan compartment straight up and out of the Pilot chassis.

Note: All fan modules must be removed from the fan compartment beforeremoving the fan compartment.

2 Set the component aside.

Remove a Pilot DIMM

1 Remove the DIMM by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theDIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

459

Figure 415: Pilot DIMM removal

Legend 1 DIMM

2 DIMM slot

3 DIMM tab

Note: While inserting or removing DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

2 Lift out the faulted DIMM and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the DIMM slots, and the DIMM, for physicaldamage by checking for cracked or broken plastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes DIMMs might fault because of dust or improperalignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dust DIMMs.

Remove a Heat Sink

1 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink in adiagonal pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

The four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink secure the heatsink to the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

460

Figure 416: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

2 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside the failed heat sink on an antistaticmat.

Note: Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal greasehas dried out. After cleaning the heat sink with an alcohol pad, applythermal grease to the heat sink, if necessary.

Remove a Pilot CPU

1 Press gently on the lever at the side of the CPU socket to disengage theCPU socket.

Figure 417: CPU socket disengaged

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

This exposes the CPU inside the CPU socket.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

461

2 Gently disengage the CPU pins on the underside to lift up the CPU fromthe CPU socket and set aside the failed CPU on an antistatic mat.

Figure 418: CPU removal

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

Use the syringe to apply approximately 0.1 ml of thermal grease to the topcenter of the CPU.

Note: Do not distribute the thermal grease. The spring pressure of the heatsink will evenly distribute the compound.

Remove a Battery

1 Remove the battery by placing your finger or a pointed tool like ascrewdriver under the battery on the side nearest to the back of the Pilotand gently lifting the battery out of the retainer.

Figure 419: Pilot battery removal

Pilot Replacement Procedures

462

Legend 1 Pilot battery

2 Battery socket

2 Place the battery on an antistatic mat.

Note: Replacing a battery usually resets the CMOS settings to a defaultvalue.

Remove a Riser

1 Press on the release tab of the riser to release the riser from the Pilotmotherboard.

2 Carefully pull up the release tab on the riser to release the filler panel orHBA card (if any) and pull the riser straight up.

Figure 420: Riser board assembly removal

Legend 1 Release tab on the riser

2 Riser

3 HBA

4 Motherboard

Note: Remove any host bus adapter (HBA) cables or HBAs that are on thefailed riser assemblies using the appropriate procedure. Make a note of theriser slot in which the HBAs are installed and the SAS cables that areconnected to the HBAs.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

463

3 Disconnect the SAS cable bundle that connects the SAS HBA and the Pilotdisk backplane and set aside.

Figure 421: Disconnect SAS cable bundle

Legend 1 Riser

2 HBA

3 SAS cable bundle

4 Remove any HBA cards (usually the SAS card) that are inserted into thePCI-express (PCI-e) slots of the riser and place the riser and the HBA cardson an antistatic mat.

Note: Retain the HBA cards because they will be placed inside thereplacement riser board assembly.

Remove a SAS HBA

Identify the riser in which the failed SAS HBA is located.

Note: There are three riser board assemblies inside the Pilot chassis.

Remove a SAS HDD

1 On the Pilot with the failed SAS HDD, press the drive carrier latch todisengage the SAS HDD.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

464

Figure 422: SAS HDD removal

Legend 1 Pilot front

2 SAS HDD

3 Drive carrier latch

Important: The drive carrier latch is not an ejector. Do not bend the latchtoo far to the right. Bending the latch can damage the latch.

Important: When you remove a failed SAS HDD, be sure to replace itimmediately with another SAS HDD or a filler panel.

2 Grasp the drive carrier latch and pull the SAS HDD out of the Pilot drivecompartment.

3 Place the failed SAS HDD on an antistatic mat.

Remove a Disk Backplane

1 Pull out all the storage drives or filler panels from the drive compartmentfar enough to disengage it from the disk backplane.

Note: It is not necessary to completely remove the storage drives from thePilot. However, you must pull them out far enough to disengage themfrom the disk backplane. If you remove the storage drives from the Pilot,make a note of their locations so that you can reinstall the storage drives inthe same locations.

2 If replacing both disk backplane boards, disconnect the SAS cable bundlestarting with the top board of the disk backplane.If you are going to remove and replace both disk backplane boards, make anote of which cables connect to the top disk backplane and which cables

Pilot Replacement Procedures

465

connect to the bottom disk backplane. Do this before disconnecting anybackplane cables.

Figure 423: Disk backplane cables disconnected

Legend 1 Disk backplane power cable

2 LED cable

3 SAS cable bundle

3 Disconnect the disk backplane LED cable (1U system controller cable) andthe disk backplane power cord from the disk backplane.

4 Using your thumb and fingers, loosen the two captive thumb screws thatsecure the disk backplane to the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

466

Figure 424: Captive thumb screws to remove disk backplane

Legend 1 Captive thumb screws

2 Disk backplane

5 Slide the disk backplane forward toward the front of the Pilot to release itfrom the three standoffs and lift it out of the chassis.

Figure 425: Pilot disk backplane removal

Legend 1 Disk backplane

2 Standoffs

6 Place the disk backplane on an antistatic mat.If replacing both disk backplane boards, repeat the steps for the secondboard.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

467

Insert Components on the Pilot

Insert the necessary components on the Pilot following the proceduresoutlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Pilot as a prerequisite whilereplacing the failed component. These components must be reinstalledafter completing the replacement.

Insert a Disk Backplane

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Lower the disk backplane into the Pilot and position it to engage the threestandoffs.

Figure 426: Pilot disk backplane positioned over standoffs

Legend 1 Disk backplane

2 Standoffs

Note: If replacing two disk backplane boards, start by installing the bottomdisk backplane board.

3 Using just your thumb and fingers, tighten the two captive thumb screwsto secure the disk backplane to the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

468

Figure 427: Captive thumb screws to secure disk backplane

Legend 1 Disk backplane

2 Captive thumb screws

4 Reconnect the disk backplane LED cable (1U system controller cable) andthe disk backplane power cord to the disk backplane.

5 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle to the disk backplane.

Figure 428: Disk backplane cables connected

Legend 1 SAS cable bundle

2 LED cable

Pilot Replacement Procedures

469

3 Disk backplane power cable

Note: After replacing the disk backplane, you must manually program theproduct serial number (PSN) into the replacement disk backplane.Programming the PSN on the disk backplane is important for serviceentitlement.

6 Reinstall all of the storage drives into the drive compartment.

Insert a SAS HDD

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert and slide the replacement SAS HDD into the drive slot until the SASHDD is fully seated into the slot.

Figure 429: SAS HDD insertion

Legend 1 Pilot front

2 SAS HDD

3 Drive carrier latch

3 Close the drive carrier latch to lock the SAS HDD in place.

Note: Do not force open the drive carrier latch. You can damage the drivecarrier latch if you apply too much force.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

470

Insert a SAS HBA

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle into the HBA inside the riser.

3 Orient the SAS HBA so that the brackets of the HBA align with thealignment pin in the PCIe slot of the riser.

Figure 430: SAS HBA insertion into the riser

Legend 1 Riser board

2 SAS HBA

Important: Hold the SAS HBA by the edges. Do not touch the metalcontacts on the bottom of the card.

4 Push the connectors on the edge of the SAS HBA into the PCIe slot bypushing firmly to seat the card.

5 Apply firm pressure on each end of the SAS HBA alternately until it clicksinto place in the riser socket.

CAUTION: Support the SAS HBA and the riser as necessary to preventexcessive flexure. Otherwise, the SAS HBA or the riser card might break.

6 Insert the riser into the black slot on the Pilot motherboard and slide therelease tab backward to secure the riser in position.

Insert a Riser

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

471

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert the HBA cards that were placed aside and insert them in the samePCIe slots as before within the replacement riser.

3 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle into the HBA inside the riser.

4 Insert the riser into the black slot on the Pilot motherboard and slide therelease tab backward to secure the riser in position.

Figure 431: Pilot riser insertion

Legend 1 Release tab

2 Riser

3 HBA

4Pilot motherboard

5 Insert the filler panels, if any, inside the riser.

Insert a Battery

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Press the replacement battery into the battery retainer with the positiveside (+) facing upwards.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

472

Figure 432: Battery insertion

Legend 1 Pilot battery

2 Battery socket

If the Pilot is configured to synchronize with a network time server usingthe Network Time Protocol (NTP), the Oracle ILOM clock is reset as soonas the Pilot is powered on and connected to the network. Otherwise,proceed to the next step.

3 If the Pilot is not configured to use NTP, reset the Oracle ILOM clock usingthe Oracle ILOM CLI or the web interface. You can also reprogram theBIOS Setup utility to reprogram the host clock.For instructions, on setting the Oracle ILOM clock, see the OracleIntegrated Lights Out Manager (ILOM) 3.1 Documentation Library.

Insert a Pilot CPU

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Gently align the pins on the underside of the CPU to the CPU socket andpush down to secure the CPU in the socket.

Figure 433: CPU insertion

Pilot Replacement Procedures

473

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

3 Push down on the lever of the CPU socket to secure the CPU inside.

Insert a Heat Sink

Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Pilot motherboard by insertingthe four screws on the four sides of the heat sink and tightening themusing a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Figure 434: Heat sink insertion

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned so that theairflow marker on the heat sink faces the back of the Pilot and the systemfront marker on the heat sink faces the front of the Pilot. Also, ensure thatthe screws on opposite ends of the heat sink are tightened first. A slightforce must be applied to push down the screwdriver while tightening thescrews to overcome the tension generated.

Insert a Pilot DIMM

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Press the DIMM fully into the DIMM slot and ensure that the tabs on bothsides of the DIMM are locked.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

474

Important: Ensure that the notch in the DIMM lines up with the key in theslot.

Note: Replace only one DIMM at a time to make sure that they are insertedinto the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple DIMMs into the slotsmight damage the DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert filler panels intoempty DIMM slots to ensure proper air flow inside the Pilot.

Insert the Fan Compartment

1 Move any loose cables so that they are against the Pilot chassis walls.

2 Align the fan compartment to where it installs into the Pilot chassis.

3 Slowly lower the fan compartment into the Pilot chassis, gently workingthe cables into the gaps between the fan compartment and the chassiswalls.

4 Verify that the fan compartment is properly seated, no cables are pinched,and the top surfaces of the fan compartment are flush with the Pilotchassis.

Insert a Fan Module

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Grasp the fan module tabs and press the fan down firmly into the fanmodule compartment.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

475

Figure 435: Fan module insertion

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: Apply firm pressure to fully seat the fan module into the fancompartment. The fan modules are notched to ensure that they areinstalled in the correct orientation.

3 Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seat the fanmodule.

Insert the Fan Compartment

1 Move any loose cables so that they are against the Pilot chassis walls.

2 Align the fan compartment to where it installs into the Pilot chassis.

3 Slowly lower the fan compartment into the Pilot chassis, gently workingthe cables into the gaps between the fan compartment and the chassiswalls.

4 Verify that the fan compartment is properly seated, no cables are pinched,and the top surfaces of the fan compartment are flush with the Pilotchassis.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

476

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 436: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

477

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Insert the Pilot Onto the Rack

Inserting the Pilot onto the rack includes the following tasks:

1 Install the Pilot chassis onto the rack.

2 Re-connect the Pilot cabling and the cable management arm (CMA).

3 Connect the power cords onto the Pilot.

4 Slide the Pilot into rack position.

5 Update the Pilot BIOS.

6 Power on the Pilot host.

7 Verify the Pilot component status.

Insert Pilot Chassis Into Rack

1 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, raise the Pilot so that theback ends of the mounting brackets are aligned with the slide-railassemblies that are mounted in the rack.

Figure 437: Lift Pilot chassis onto rack

Pilot Replacement Procedures

478

Legend 1 Inserting mounting brackets into slide-rails

2 Slide-rail release button

3 Slide-rail lock

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanisms before installing the Pilotinto the rack.

CAUTION: The Pilot weighs approximately 18.1 kg (39.9 lb). Two peopleare required to carry the chassis and install it into the rack.

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the powersupplies and disrupt electrical power to the Pilot.

2 Insert the mounting brackets into the slide-rails, then push the Pilot intothe rack until the mounting brackets encounter the slide-rail stops atapproximately 12 inches (30 cm).The Pilot is now in the extended maintenance position.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Figure 438: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

479

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Re-connect Pilot Cabling

1 Reconnect the following cables that had been disconnected from the Pilot.

• Ethernet cables connected to the network ports

• Rollover cable connected to the serial port

Note: If the cable management arm (CMA) is in the way, extend the Pilotapproximately 13 cm (5 inches) out of the front of the rack. Once the cablesare connected to the ports, the Pilot can be pushed back into the rackposition.

2 Reconnect the power cords to the power supplies and secure them with thevelcro straps.

3 If necessary, reinstall the cables into the cable management arm (CMA) andsecure them with cable straps.

4 Reconnect the CMA to the Pilot chassis by reattaching the release tabs onboth sides of the CMA.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

480

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot SAS HDDIf a serial attached SCSI (SAS) hard disk drive (HDD) fails, replace a failed SASHDD with a drive of the same type and capacity as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a replacement SAS HDDavailable immediately. Otherwise, if the drivecompartment is left empty, the Pilot might overheatdue to improper airflow.

• A display monitor and keyboard must be available.

A SAS HDD is a storage drive that is used to store or retrieve system informationand retains its data even when powered off. Each Pilot has a SAS HDD locatedinside the Pilot’s storage drive compartment. The SAS HDD is a field replaceableunit (FRU). The other Pilot can continue to operate during the SAS HDDreplacement because the active Pilot fails over to the standby Pilot duringcomponent replacement. Replacing a SAS HDD requires that you bring the Pilotoffline. The following figure shows the location of the SAS HDD and SAS HDDLEDs.

Figure 439: SAS HDD location

Pilot Replacement Procedures

481

Legend 1 SAS HDD (bottom slot)

2 Pilot front

Note: Replacing the failed SAS HDD with a blank SAS HDD into the Pilot driveslot does not start up the Pilot. Use Guided Maintenance (GM) to re-install theoperating system on the Pilot SAS HDD, which enables the Pilot to re-join theOracle FS System automatically.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Remove a SAS HDD

3 Insert a SAS HDD

4 Create a Pilot Image on Replacement SAS HDD

5 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

6 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After the

Pilot Replacement Procedures

482

standby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Remove a SAS HDD

1 On the Pilot with the failed SAS HDD, press the drive carrier latch todisengage the SAS HDD.

Figure 440: SAS HDD removal

Legend 1 Pilot front

2 SAS HDD

3 Drive carrier latch

Important: The drive carrier latch is not an ejector. Do not bend the latchtoo far to the right. Bending the latch can damage the latch.

Important: When you remove a failed SAS HDD, be sure to replace itimmediately with another SAS HDD or a filler panel.

2 Grasp the drive carrier latch and pull the SAS HDD out of the Pilot drivecompartment.

3 Place the failed SAS HDD on an antistatic mat.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

483

Insert a SAS HDD

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert and slide the replacement SAS HDD into the drive slot until the SASHDD is fully seated into the slot.

Figure 441: SAS HDD insertion

Legend 1 Pilot front

2 SAS HDD

3 Drive carrier latch

3 Close the drive carrier latch to lock the SAS HDD in place.

Note: Do not force open the drive carrier latch. You can damage the drivecarrier latch if you apply too much force.

Create a Pilot Image on Replacement SAS HDDThe Pilot operating system (OS) must be installed on the replacement SAS HDDso that the Pilot can restart and join the Oracle FS System.

Following are the prerequisites to create a Pilot image on the replacement SASHDD:

• Enable secure shell (SSH) on the active Pilot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

484

• HTTP and DHCP servers: Use dnsmasq as the HTTP and DHCP server.Configuration files for dnsmasq are located at /var/lib/axiom/dnsmasq_svc.conf. The lease file for dnsmasq is located at /var/lib/axiom/dnsmasq_svc.leases.

• NET-2 port to enable Guided Maintenance on the alternate Pilot: Using theNET-2 port allows the Oracle FS System to be operational, while GM isperformed on the Pilot on which the SAS HDD is replaced.

1 Unplug the cable attached to NET-2 port at the back of the Pilot where theSAS HDD must be replaced. Also, unplug the cable from NET MGT portand plug it into NET-2.

2 On the existing Pilot, flush the DHCP lease file located on the operationalPilot at /var/lib/axiom/dnsmasq_svc.leases. and restart the service.[root@pilot1 /]# echo “” > /var/lib/axiom/dnsmasq_svc.leases

3 Restart the dnsmasq service.[root@pilot1 /]# service dnsmasq_svc restartNote: The dnsmasq is the DHCP server and must be restarted after theDHCP lease file was flushed, so that the Pilot to be repaired can acquire afresh IP address that will be used for the kick-start installation.

4 Power on the Pilot with the replacement SAS HDD.

Note: You might not need to press the F12 function key because NetworkBoot and HDD are the default boot order.

Note: When the Pilot with the replacement SAS HDD is powered on, theNET–2 port boots up and starts downloading all the necessary RPMpackages and files from the buddy Pilot, and enables the Pilot to restartautomatically and join the Oracle FS System.

5 Wait for 20 minutes and then ping the external IP addresses of the Pilotthat contains the replacement drive.A ping reply indicates that thePilot OS has been installed successfully onthe SAS HDD.

6 Reconnect the cabling that had been disconnected from the Pilot as follows:

• Unplug the cable from NET-2 port

• Move the cable to the NET MGT port and restore the original NET-2cable.

• Reconnect the Ethernet cables between the NET-2 port and the NETMGT port on other Pilot.

7 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to flush the DHCP lease files and restart the DHCPserver.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

Pilot Replacement Procedures

485

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot Disk BackplaneThe disk backplane serves as an interface between the storage drives and theserial-attached SCSI (SAS) host bus adapter (HBA) in the Pilot. If damaged, thefailed disk backplane must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Make sure you have a Phillips flat-head screwdriver .• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the component

using Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot has two disk backplanes located behind the drive compartment. Thedisk backplane is a field replaceable unit (FRU). Replacing a disk backplanerequires you to bring the Pilot offline. The following figure shows the location ofthe disk backplane inside the Pilot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

486

Figure 442: Disk backplane location

Legend 1 Disk backplane board (DBP-0 and DBP-1

2 Pilot motherboard

Note: Replacement of the Pilot disk backplane requires assistance from OracleCustomer Support.

Note: The disk backplane can be accessed only after removing the cover over thePilot chassis.

Note: To replace a disk backplane, you do not need to remove the Pilot from therack but extend it along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Pilot before removing orinstalling the disk backplane. You must disconnect the power cords beforeperforming this procedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove a Fan Module

7 Remove the Fan Compartment

8 Remove a Disk Backplane

9 Insert a Disk Backplane

10 Insert the Fan Compartment

Pilot Replacement Procedures

487

11 Insert a Fan Module

12 Close Pilot Top Cover

13 Close Pilot Fan Door

14 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

15 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

16 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

17 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply without

Pilot Replacement Procedures

488

bringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 443: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

489

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Figure 444: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

490

Figure 445: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 446: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger on both sides of the fan module tab,gently lift the fan module from the fan compartment.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

491

Figure 447: Pilot fan module removal

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: When replacing a fan module, do not service any other componentsunless the system is shut down and the power cords are removed.

Remove the Fan Compartment

1 Lift the fan compartment straight up and out of the Pilot chassis.

Note: All fan modules must be removed from the fan compartment beforeremoving the fan compartment.

2 Set the component aside.

Remove a Disk Backplane

1 Pull out all the storage drives or filler panels from the drive compartmentfar enough to disengage it from the disk backplane.

Note: It is not necessary to completely remove the storage drives from thePilot. However, you must pull them out far enough to disengage them

Pilot Replacement Procedures

492

from the disk backplane. If you remove the storage drives from the Pilot,make a note of their locations so that you can reinstall the storage drives inthe same locations.

2 If replacing both disk backplane boards, disconnect the SAS cable bundlestarting with the top board of the disk backplane.If you are going to remove and replace both disk backplane boards, make anote of which cables connect to the top disk backplane and which cablesconnect to the bottom disk backplane. Do this before disconnecting anybackplane cables.

Figure 448: Disk backplane cables disconnected

Legend 1 Disk backplane power cable

2 LED cable

3 SAS cable bundle

3 Disconnect the disk backplane LED cable (1U system controller cable) andthe disk backplane power cord from the disk backplane.

4 Using your thumb and fingers, loosen the two captive thumb screws thatsecure the disk backplane to the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

493

Figure 449: Captive thumb screws to remove disk backplane

Legend 1 Captive thumb screws

2 Disk backplane

5 Slide the disk backplane forward toward the front of the Pilot to release itfrom the three standoffs and lift it out of the chassis.

Figure 450: Pilot disk backplane removal

Legend 1 Disk backplane

2 Standoffs

6 Place the disk backplane on an antistatic mat.If replacing both disk backplane boards, repeat the steps for the secondboard.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

494

Insert a Disk Backplane

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Lower the disk backplane into the Pilot and position it to engage the threestandoffs.

Figure 451: Pilot disk backplane positioned over standoffs

Legend 1 Disk backplane

2 Standoffs

Note: If replacing two disk backplane boards, start by installing the bottomdisk backplane board.

3 Using just your thumb and fingers, tighten the two captive thumb screwsto secure the disk backplane to the Pilot chassis.

Figure 452: Captive thumb screws to secure disk backplane

Pilot Replacement Procedures

495

Legend 1 Disk backplane

2 Captive thumb screws

4 Reconnect the disk backplane LED cable (1U system controller cable) andthe disk backplane power cord to the disk backplane.

5 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle to the disk backplane.

Figure 453: Disk backplane cables connected

Legend 1 SAS cable bundle

2 LED cable

3 Disk backplane power cable

Note: After replacing the disk backplane, you must manually program theproduct serial number (PSN) into the replacement disk backplane.Programming the PSN on the disk backplane is important for serviceentitlement.

6 Reinstall all of the storage drives into the drive compartment.

Insert the Fan Compartment

1 Move any loose cables so that they are against the Pilot chassis walls.

2 Align the fan compartment to where it installs into the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

496

3 Slowly lower the fan compartment into the Pilot chassis, gently workingthe cables into the gaps between the fan compartment and the chassiswalls.

4 Verify that the fan compartment is properly seated, no cables are pinched,and the top surfaces of the fan compartment are flush with the Pilotchassis.

Insert a Fan Module

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Grasp the fan module tabs and press the fan down firmly into the fanmodule compartment.

Figure 454: Fan module insertion

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: Apply firm pressure to fully seat the fan module into the fancompartment. The fan modules are notched to ensure that they areinstalled in the correct orientation.

3 Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seat the fanmodule.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

497

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 455: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Pilot Replacement Procedures

498

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Figure 456: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

499

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot Heat SinkIf a heat sink fails, the heat generated from the central processing units (CPUs)inside the Pilot will not be circulated and the internal temperature of the Pilotcan rise quickly causing a possible CPU failure and a Pilot shutdown. Heat sinksare usually durable and do not need to be replaced but a damaged heat sinkmight be replaced if it stops working efficiently, usually if the thermal grease onthe heat sink has dried out.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

500

• Ensure that you have thermal grease and syringeavailable to clean the CPU and heat sink.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot has two heat sinks located above the CPUs. Heat sinks are fieldreplaceable units (FRUs) and are not hot-swappable. Replacing a heat sinkrequires you to bring the Pilot offline. The following figure shows the two heatsinks inside the Pilot.

Figure 457: Heat sink location

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Pilot

Note: The heat sinks can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Pilotchassis.

Note: To replace a heat sink, you do not need to remove the Pilot from the rackbut extend it along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

CAUTION: Replacement of the Pilot heat sink requires assistance from OracleCustomer Support.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Pilot before replacing theheat sink. Disconnect the power cables before performing the heat sinkreplacement procedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

Pilot Replacement Procedures

501

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove an Air Duct

7 Remove a Heat Sink

8 Insert a Heat Sink

9 Insert an Air Duct

10 Close Pilot Top Cover

11 Close Pilot Fan Door

12 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

13 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

14 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

15 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After the

Pilot Replacement Procedures

502

standby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 458: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

Pilot Replacement Procedures

503

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Figure 459: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

504

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Figure 460: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 461: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

505

Remove an Air Duct

Remove the section of the air duct that blocks access to the heat sink byapplying a slight pressure at the edge of the air duct.

Remove a Heat Sink

1 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink in adiagonal pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

The four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink secure the heatsink to the Pilot chassis.

Figure 462: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

2 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside the failed heat sink on an antistaticmat.

Note: Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal greasehas dried out. After cleaning the heat sink with an alcohol pad, applythermal grease to the heat sink, if necessary.

Insert a Heat Sink

Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Pilot motherboard by insertingthe four screws on the four sides of the heat sink and tightening themusing a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

506

Figure 463: Heat sink insertion

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned so that theairflow marker on the heat sink faces the back of the Pilot and the systemfront marker on the heat sink faces the front of the Pilot. Also, ensure thatthe screws on opposite ends of the heat sink are tightened first. A slightforce must be applied to push down the screwdriver while tightening thescrews to overcome the tension generated.

Insert an Air Duct

Replace the section of the air duct that had been removed earlier and snapit firmly into position by applying a slight pressure at the edge of the airduct.

Note: Listen for an audible click to ensure that the air duct has been firmlyinstalled in position.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

507

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 464: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

508

Figure 465: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

509

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot CPUA failed central processing unit (CPU) results in a non-functional Pilot. The CPUprovides data computing and processing power to the Pilot and upon failuremust be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Ensure that you have the thermal grease and syringeavailable to clean the CPU.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot has two CPUs located under the two heat sinks on the Pilotmotherboard. A CPU is a small square component that contains multiple pins orconnectors on the underside and is inserted pin side down into the CPU socketlocated in the motherboard. CPUs are field replaceable units (FRUs). Replacing aCPU requires you to bring the Pilot offline. The following figure shows thelocation of the Pilot CPUs.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

510

Figure 466: CPU location on the Pilot motherboard

Legend 1 CPU

2 Heat sink under which the CPUs are located

3 Pilot motherboard

Note: The CPUs can be accessed only after removing the cover over the Pilotchassis.

Note: To replace a CPU, you do not need to remove the Pilot from the rack butextend it along the Pilot rails using the cable management arm (CMA).

CAUTION: Replacement of the Pilot CPU requires assistance from OracleCustomer Support.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Pilot before replacing theCPU. Disconnect the power cables before performing the CPU replacementprocedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Slide Pilot to Service Position

4 Open Pilot Fan Door

5 Open Pilot Top Cover

6 Remove an Air Duct

7 Remove a Heat Sink

8 Remove a Pilot CPU

9 Insert a Pilot CPU

10 Insert a Heat Sink

Pilot Replacement Procedures

511

11 Insert an Air Duct

12 Close Pilot Top Cover

13 Close Pilot Fan Door

14 Slide Pilot to Rack Position

15 Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

16 Verify Component Replacement on the Active Pilot

17 Verify Component Replacement on the Standby Pilot

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply without

Pilot Replacement Procedures

512

bringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when guided maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Figure 467: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

513

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Figure 468: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

514

Figure 469: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Figure 470: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove an Air Duct

Remove the section of the air duct that blocks access to the heat sink byapplying a slight pressure at the edge of the air duct.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

515

Remove a Heat Sink

1 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink in adiagonal pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

The four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink secure the heatsink to the Pilot chassis.

Figure 471: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

2 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside the failed heat sink on an antistaticmat.

Note: Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal greasehas dried out. After cleaning the heat sink with an alcohol pad, applythermal grease to the heat sink, if necessary.

Remove a Pilot CPU

1 Press gently on the lever at the side of the CPU socket to disengage theCPU socket.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

516

Figure 472: CPU socket disengaged

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

This exposes the CPU inside the CPU socket.2 Gently disengage the CPU pins on the underside to lift up the CPU from

the CPU socket and set aside the failed CPU on an antistatic mat.

Figure 473: CPU removal

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

Use the syringe to apply approximately 0.1 ml of thermal grease to the topcenter of the CPU.

Note: Do not distribute the thermal grease. The spring pressure of the heatsink will evenly distribute the compound.

Insert a Pilot CPU

Pilot Replacement Procedures

517

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Gently align the pins on the underside of the CPU to the CPU socket andpush down to secure the CPU in the socket.

Figure 474: CPU insertion

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

3 Push down on the lever of the CPU socket to secure the CPU inside.

Insert a Heat Sink

Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Pilot motherboard by insertingthe four screws on the four sides of the heat sink and tightening themusing a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Figure 475: Heat sink insertion

Legend 1 Heat sink

Pilot Replacement Procedures

518

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned so that theairflow marker on the heat sink faces the back of the Pilot and the systemfront marker on the heat sink faces the front of the Pilot. Also, ensure thatthe screws on opposite ends of the heat sink are tightened first. A slightforce must be applied to push down the screwdriver while tightening thescrews to overcome the tension generated.

Insert an Air Duct

Replace the section of the air duct that had been removed earlier and snapit firmly into position by applying a slight pressure at the edge of the airduct.

Note: Listen for an audible click to ensure that the air duct has been firmlyinstalled in position.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

519

Figure 476: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

520

Figure 477: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

521

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Replace a Pilot MotherboardThe motherboard is the primary circuit board of the Pilot. All Pilot componentsare connected to the motherboard using electrical circuits and communicate withthe motherboard to ensure normal Pilot operation. Damaged ports or circuitrymight cause the motherboard to fail. A failed motherboard will cause the Pilot tofail and must be replaced as soon as possible.

Prerequisites: • Before handling a component, touch a groundedsurface to discharge any static electricity.

• Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wrist strap toyour wrist, and stand on an ESD mat while replacingcomponents.

• Ensure that you have a Phillips Number 2screwdriver with at least a four-inch shaft.

• Ensure that secure shell (SSH) is enabled on theOracle FS System.

• Make sure that you have a Torx Number 10screwdriver.

• Ensure that there is a workbench available to placethe motherboard once it is removed from the rack forservicing.

• Fail over the Pilot before replacing the componentusing Guided Maintenance.

Note: The Pilot must be failed over to prevent dataloss or data corruption during the componentreplacement process.

Each Pilot has a motherboard inside the chassis. The Pilot motherboard is a fieldreplaceable unit (FRU) and is not hot-swappable. Replacing a motherboardrequires you to power down the Pilot. The following figure shows the location ofthe Pilot motherboard inside the chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

522

Figure 478: Pilot motherboard

Legend 1 CPU socket 3 Pilot motherboard

1 DIMM slots

Note: The motherboard can be accessed only after removing the cover over thePilot chassis.

Note: Since Pilot motherboard replacement can take approximately an hour tocomplete and involves removing all CRUs and FRUs, we recommend that thePilot be placed on a workbench for servicing rather than inside the rack forconvenience.

CAUTION: Ensure that all power is removed from the Pilot before removing orinstalling the motherboard. Disconnect the power cords before performing themotherboard replacement procedure.

Procedure Overview

1 Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement

2 Power Off the Pilot

3 Disconnect Pilot Cabling

4 Slide Pilot to Service Position

5 Remove Pilot Chassis From Rack

6 Open Pilot Fan Door

7 Open Pilot Top Cover

8 Remove Components From the Pilot

9 Remove a Motherboard

10 Insert a Motherboard

Pilot Replacement Procedures

523

11 Insert Components on the Pilot

12 Close Pilot Top Cover

13 Close Pilot Fan Door

14 Insert the Pilot Onto the Rack

15 Update the Pilot BIOS

Prepare a Pilot for Component Replacement1 Contact Oracle Customer Support prior to replacing a Pilot component.

Oracle Customer Support identifies the failed component on the Pilot foryou.

2 From Oracle FS System Manager (GUI), navigate to System > Hardware >Pilots and select the Pilot that contains the component that you want toreplace.

3 Select Actions > Repair Pilot.Guided Maintenance displays the list of Pilot components.

4 Based on the information from your Oracle Customer Supportrepresentative, select the correct component from the list.

5 Click Next.Guided Maintenance sends a request to flash the LEDs on the Pilot to helpyou locate the Pilot in the data center.

6 Click Next.

Guided Maintenance displays a link to Pilot Repair Procedures.

7 Click the Pilot Repair Procedures link to open and print the procedures.

8 Click Next.

• If you are replacing a component located on the active Pilot, GuidedMaintenance takes the active Pilot offline and fails over to thestandby Pilot. After the active Pilot is offline, the GUI closes. Youmay now safely disconnect the power cords.

• If you are replacing a component located on the standby Pilot,Guided Maintenance takes the standby Pilot offline. After thestandby Pilot is offline, you may safely disconnect the power cordsand data cables. When servicing the standby Pilot, failover is notrequired.

• If you are replacing a power supply, you are not required to bringthe Pilot offline. The power supplies are hot-serviceable. The powersupplies are the only Pilot components that do not require the Pilotto be brought offline. You can replace one power supply withoutbringing the Pilot offline, as long as the second power supplyremains online and operational.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

524

Power Off the Pilot

Note: Do not power off the Pilot host without ensuring that SSH is enabled onthe Oracle FS System. Otherwise, the replacement procedure might fail. The Pilothost is shut down when Guided Maintenance is started.

1 Notify affected users that the Pilot will be shut down.

2 Ensure that the host of the Pilot on which the replacement procedure mustbe performed is powered off.

Disconnect Pilot Cabling

1 Disconnect all power and data cables from the Pilot.These include:

• Ethernet cables connected to the network ports

• Rollover cable connected to the serial port

• Power cables connected to the power supplies of the Pilot

Note: Oracle Customer Support recommends labeling all cables connectedto the Pilot so that they can be re-connected accurately to the Pilot after thereplacement procedure is complete.

Important: Ensure that the Pilot host is powered off completely beforeremoving the power cords.

CAUTION: When you press the power button to enter standby powermode, power is still directed to the power supply fans in the Pilot. Tocompletely power off the Pilot, you must disconnect the power cords fromthe back of the power supplies.

2 Disconnect the cable management arm (CMA) by pulling the release tabson the left side until the CMA detaches from the chassis.

Note: Do not disconnect the cables attached to the CMA.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

525

Figure 479: CMA release tabs

Legend 1 CMA 4 Release tab to disconnect the CMA

2 Pilot 5 Cables disconnected from the Pilot

3 Rails

Slide Pilot to Service Position

1 When Guided Maintenance prompts you to remove the component, pullthe white tab that is located behind the slide lockout release tabs to fullyrelease the chassis from the slide.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

526

Figure 480: Pilot slide lockout release tabs

Legend 1 Slide rail lock

2 Slide lockout release tab

Note: The slide-rail locks are located behind the flip-down handles on thefront of the Pilot chassis. The slide-rail locks are released when the flip-down handles are pulled down. The slide lockout release tab must bereleased to push the Pilot chassis back into the rack.

Important: Before sliding out the Pilot, ensure that the cables do notinterfere with the movement of the Pilot. Although the cable managementarm (CMA) is hinged to accommodate extending the Pilot, ensure that allcables and cords are capable of being extended.

2 Slide the Pilot chassis fully forward until the slide rails lock into position.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

527

Figure 481: Pilot position during component replacement

Legend 1 Rack

2 Pilot chassis

3 Pilot rails

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanism before releasing therelease buttons and extending the Pilot.

Remove Pilot Chassis From Rack

1 From the front of the Pilot, pull the slide-rail release tabs toward the frontof the Pilot and pull the Pilot out of the rack until it is free of the rack rails.

Note: A slide-rail release tab is located on each slide-rail. To pull the slide-rail release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab, not on the end,and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front of the Pilot.

2 With the help of a partner or a mechanical lift, place the Pilot on anantistatic surface or ESD qualified mat or workbench.

CAUTION: Deploy any rack anti-tilt mechanisms before installing the Pilotinto the rack.

CAUTION: The Pilot weighs approximately 39.9 pounds (18.1 kilograms).Two people are required to dismount and carry the chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

528

CAUTION: Do not use the power supply handles to lift the chassis. Usingthe power supply handles to lift the chassis can damage the powersupplies and disrupt electrical power to the Pilot.

Open Pilot Fan Door

Press the two fan door release tabs simultaneously forward and swing thePilot fan door to the open position.

Note: Servicing the Pilot fan modules and other components located in thefront of the Pilot, such as the front indication module (FIM) and the diskbackplanes, require that the fan door be opened. It is also easier to removethe Pilot’s top cover if you open the fan door first.

Figure 482: Pilot with fan door open

Legend 1 Fan door release tabs

2 Pilot fan door in open position

Open Pilot Top Cover

1 Press down on the push button on the Pilot top cover to release the topcover and use the recessed areas to slide the top cover toward the back ofthe Pilot about 0.5 inches (12.7 mm).

Tip: Slide out the Pilot top cover by pressing down on the grooves locatedon both sides of the cover.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

529

Figure 483: Pilot top cover removal

Legend 1 Push button to release top cover

2 Grooves to slide out top cover

2 Lift the cover off the Pilot chassis and set it aside.

Remove Components From the Pilot

Remove the necessary components on the Pilot following the proceduresoutlined below.

Note: All components that are removed from the Pilot must be placed onan antistatic surface or ESD qualified mat.

Remove a Power Supply

1 From the back of the Pilot, remove the velcro that holds the power cordfrom the failed power supply.

Note: You might need to swing the cable management arm (CMA) out ofthe way to access the power supplies. If the CMA is still in the way, extendthe Pilot approximately 20 cm (8 inches) out of the front of the rack.

Note: The fans of a failed power supply may still be spinning when thesystem is powered on. You can remove a power supply while the fans arestill spinning.

2 Disconnect the power cord from the failed power supply.

3 While holding the power supply handle with one hand, use the other handto push the power supply latch to the left.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

530

Figure 484: Power supply removal

Legend 1 Power supplies (PS0 and PS1)

2 Power supply handle

3 Power supply compartment

4 Pull the power supply out of the chassis and place the power supply on anantistatic mat.

CAUTION: Whenever you remove a power supply, you should replace itwith another power supply; otherwise, the Pilot might overheat due toimproper airflow.

Remove a Fan Module

1 Using your thumb and forefinger on both sides of the fan module tab,gently lift the fan module from the fan compartment.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

531

Figure 485: Pilot fan module removal

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: When removing a fan module, do not rock it back and forth. Rockingthe fan module can cause damage to the motherboard connectors.

2 Set the fan module aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: When replacing a fan module, do not service any other componentsunless the system is shut down and the power cords are removed.

Remove a Pilot DIMM

1 Remove the DIMM by pressing down on the tabs on both sides of theDIMM to unlock it from the slot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

532

Figure 486: Pilot DIMM removal

Legend 1 DIMM

2 DIMM slot

3 DIMM tab

Note: While inserting or removing DIMMs, ensure that there is nointerference with the cables. Pulling or pressing down on the cables mightcause damage to the cables during the replacement procedure.

2 Lift out the faulted DIMM and set aside on an antistatic mat.

Note: Visually inspect the DIMM slots, and the DIMM, for physicaldamage by checking for cracked or broken plastic in the slot.

Note: Sometimes DIMMs might fault because of dust or improperalignment or damaged slots. Use only compressed air to dust DIMMs.

Remove a Heat Sink

1 Loosen the four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink in adiagonal pattern using a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

The four Phillips screws on the four sides of the heat sink secure the heatsink to the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

533

Figure 487: Loosen four screws to remove heat sink

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

2 Lift up the failed heat sink and set aside the failed heat sink on an antistaticmat.

Note: Visually inspect the failed heat sink to verify if the thermal greasehas dried out. After cleaning the heat sink with an alcohol pad, applythermal grease to the heat sink, if necessary.

Remove a Pilot CPU

1 Press gently on the lever at the side of the CPU socket to disengage theCPU socket.

Figure 488: CPU socket disengaged

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

This exposes the CPU inside the CPU socket.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

534

2 Gently disengage the CPU pins on the underside to lift up the CPU fromthe CPU socket and set aside the failed CPU on an antistatic mat.

Figure 489: CPU removal

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

Use the syringe to apply approximately 0.1 ml of thermal grease to the topcenter of the CPU.

Note: Do not distribute the thermal grease. The spring pressure of the heatsink will evenly distribute the compound.

Remove a Riser

1 Press on the release tab of the riser to release the riser from the Pilotmotherboard.

2 Carefully pull up the release tab on the riser to release the filler panel orHBA card (if any) and pull the riser straight up.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

535

Figure 490: Riser board assembly removal

Legend 1 Release tab on the riser

2 Riser

3 HBA

4 Motherboard

Note: Remove any host bus adapter (HBA) cables or HBAs that are on thefailed riser assemblies using the appropriate procedure. Make a note of theriser slot in which the HBAs are installed and the SAS cables that areconnected to the HBAs.

3 Disconnect the SAS cable bundle that connects the SAS HBA and the Pilotdisk backplane and set aside.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

536

Figure 491: Disconnect SAS cable bundle

Legend 1 Riser

2 HBA

3 SAS cable bundle

4 Remove any HBA cards (usually the SAS card) that are inserted into thePCI-express (PCI-e) slots of the riser and place the riser and the HBA cardson an antistatic mat.

Note: Retain the HBA cards because they will be placed inside thereplacement riser board assembly.

Remove a Motherboard

1 Disconnect the disk backplane power cable, LED cable, and front indicatormodule (FIM) cable from the motherboard.

2 Carefully disconnect the SAS cable bundle that you disconnected from theSAS HBA out of the cable trough.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

537

Figure 492: Motherboard removal

Legend 1 FIM cable 4 Captive screws

2 LED cable 5 Pilot motherboard

3 SAS cable bundle

3 Loosen the four captive screws that secure the Pilot mid-wall to the Pilotchassis.

4 Lift the Pilot mid-wall slightly up and toward the front of the Pilot todisengage it from the mushroom standoffs that are located one on each endof the Pilot chassis mid-wall.

5 Place the mid-wall and the SAS cable bundle towards the front of the Pilotout of the way of the motherboard.

6 Grasp the middle of the air deflector in the front and back and slide themotherboard towards the front of the Pilot and lift it slightly to disengagethe six mushroom standoffs that are located on the Pilot’s chassis under themotherboard.

Insert a Motherboard

Pilot Replacement Procedures

538

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert the motherboard into the Pilot by grasping the middle of the airdeflector in the front and back and tilting the front of the motherboard upslightly and pushing it into the opening in the rear of the Pilot chassis.

Figure 493: Pilot motherboard insertion

Legend 1 Pilot motherboard 4 LED cable

2 Captive screws that secure motherboard 5 FIM cable

3 SAS cable bundle

3 Lower the motherboard into the Pilot chassis and slide it to the back until itengages the six standoffs located on the Pilot’s chassis under themotherboard.

4 Install the Pilot mid-wall to the Pilot chassis by tightening the four captivescrews.Ensure that the indicators, connectors, and controls at the rear of themotherboard fit correctly into the back of the Pilot chassis.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

539

5 Ensure that the SAS cable bundle is running through the cable trough inthe center of the Pilot mid-wall.

6 Reconnect the disk backplane power cable, LED cable, and front indicatormodule (FIM) cable from the motherboard.

Insert Components on the Pilot

Insert the necessary components on the Pilot following the proceduresoutlined below.Some components had to be removed from the Pilot as a prerequisite whilereplacing the failed component. These components must be reinstalledafter completing the replacement.

Insert a Riser

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Insert the HBA cards that were placed aside and insert them in the samePCIe slots as before within the replacement riser.

3 Reconnect the SAS cable bundle into the HBA inside the riser.4 Insert the riser into the black slot on the Pilot motherboard and slide the

release tab backward to secure the riser in position.

Figure 494: Pilot riser insertion

Pilot Replacement Procedures

540

Legend 1 Release tab

2 Riser

3 HBA

4Pilot motherboard

5 Insert the filler panels, if any, inside the riser.

Insert a Pilot CPU

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Gently align the pins on the underside of the CPU to the CPU socket andpush down to secure the CPU in the socket.

Figure 495: CPU insertion

Legend 1 CPU socket lever

2 CPU socket

3 CPU

3 Push down on the lever of the CPU socket to secure the CPU inside.

Insert a Heat Sink

Secure the heat sink over the CPU to the Pilot motherboard by insertingthe four screws on the four sides of the heat sink and tightening themusing a Phillips Number 2 screwdriver.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

541

Figure 496: Heat sink insertion

Legend 1 Heat sink

2 Phillips screws that secure the heat sink

Important: Ensure that the heat sink and the screws are aligned so that theairflow marker on the heat sink faces the back of the Pilot and the systemfront marker on the heat sink faces the front of the Pilot. Also, ensure thatthe screws on opposite ends of the heat sink are tightened first. A slightforce must be applied to push down the screwdriver while tightening thescrews to overcome the tension generated.

Insert a Pilot DIMM

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Press the DIMM fully into the DIMM slot and ensure that the tabs on bothsides of the DIMM are locked.

Important: Ensure that the notch in the DIMM lines up with the key in theslot.

Note: Replace only one DIMM at a time to make sure that they are insertedinto the correct slots. Attempting to insert multiple DIMMs into the slotsmight damage the DIMMs due to excessive flexure.

Note: Never leave a DIMM slot unpopulated. Insert filler panels intoempty DIMM slots to ensure proper air flow inside the Pilot.

Insert a Fan Module

1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

542

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Grasp the fan module tabs and press the fan down firmly into the fanmodule compartment.

Figure 497: Fan module insertion

Legend 1 Fan module tab

2 Fan modules

3 Fan door

Note: Apply firm pressure to fully seat the fan module into the fancompartment. The fan modules are notched to ensure that they areinstalled in the correct orientation.

3 Press down on the fan module and apply firm pressure to fully seat the fanmodule.

Insert a Power Supply1 Unpack the component from its shipping carton.

Note: Place the component on an antistatic mat if it must be set aside forany reason.

2 Align the replacement power supply with the empty power supplycompartment.

3 Slide the power supply into the bay until it is fully seated.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

543

Figure 498: Power supply insertion

Legend 1 Power supplies (PS0 and PS1)

2 Power supply handle

3 Power supply compartment

Note: Listen for an audible click or feel the power supply engage toconfirm that the power supply is properly seated.

4 Re-connect the power cord into the replacement power supply.

5 Attach the power cord velcro to the power supply.

Note: If you pulled the Pilot out of the rack to make it easier to remove thepower supply, push the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks at thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Close Pilot Top Cover

1 Place the top cover of the Pilot onto the chassis.

Tip: Place the top cover down so that it hangs over the back of the Pilot byabout 13 mm (0.5 inches) [1] and the side latches align with the slots in thesides of the Pilot chassis.

Note: There are three latching tabs on the sides of the Pilot top cover, twoon the right side and one on the left side when viewing the Pilot from thefront. There is also a latch on the underside of the top cover in the front leftcorner near the release button.

2 Check both sides of the Pilot chassis to ensure that the four corners of thetop cover are fully down and flush with the chassis.

Note: If the cover corners are not flush with the Pilot chassis, slide thecover towards the back of the chassis until you can position the covercorrectly.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

544

Note: If the top cover is not correctly positioned before attempting to slidethe cover forward, the internal latch that is on the underside of the covermight be damaged.

3 Gently slide the top cover along the grooves of the Pilot by pressing downon either side of the top cover until it locks into place and you hear anaudible click.

Figure 499: Pilot top cover installed

Legend 1 Top cover

2 Grooves to slide the top cover

3 Fan door

Close Pilot Fan Door

Close the Pilot fan door by pressing the two release tabs on both sides ofthe fan door until it locks into place.

Note: Close the Pilot fan door within 60 seconds to maintain adequateairflow to properly cool the Pilot. Leaving the door open for more than 60seconds, while the Pilot is running, might cause the Pilot to overheat andshut down. However, if power to the Pilot is switched off during thecomponent replacement procedure, the fan door can be left open.

Insert the Pilot Onto the Rack

Inserting the Pilot onto the rack includes the following tasks:

1 Install the Pilot chassis onto the rack.

2 Re-connect the Pilot cabling and the cable management arm (CMA).

3 Connect the power cords onto the Pilot.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

545

4 Slide the Pilot into rack position.

5 Update the Pilot BIOS.

6 Power on the Pilot host.

7 Verify the Pilot component status.

Slide Pilot to Rack Position

1 Simultaneously pull and hold the two release tabs, one on each side of thePilot, toward the front of the Pilot while you push the Pilot into the rack.

Figure 500: Location of the Pilot release tabs

Note: As you push the Pilot into the rack, verify that the cable managementarm (CMA) retracts without binding.

Note: To pull the Pilot release tab, place your finger in the center of the tab,not on the end, and apply pressure as you pull the tab toward the front ofthe Pilot.

2 Continue pushing the Pilot into the rack until the slide-rail locks on thefront of the Pilot engage the slide-rail assemblies.

Note: The Pilot locks into the rack position with an audible click.

Re-connect Pilot Cabling

1 Reconnect the following cables that had been disconnected from the Pilot.

• Ethernet cables connected to the network ports

• Rollover cable connected to the serial port

Note: If the cable management arm (CMA) is in the way, extend the Pilotapproximately 13 cm (5 inches) out of the front of the rack. Once the cables

Pilot Replacement Procedures

546

are connected to the ports, the Pilot can be pushed back into the rackposition.

2 Reconnect the power cords to the power supplies and secure them with thevelcro straps.

3 If necessary, reinstall the cables into the cable management arm (CMA) andsecure them with cable straps.

4 Reconnect the CMA to the Pilot chassis by reattaching the release tabs onboth sides of the CMA.

Connect Power Cords On the Pilot

Reconnect the power cords to the Pilot.

Note: After the power cords are connected, the green SP LED and the OKLED both start to blink.

Note: Do not turn on the power to the Pilot host immediately. The poweron the Pilot host is turned on only after updating the Pilot BIOS. Turningon the power to the Pilot host early can prevent the Pilot from booting afterthe Pilot BIOS is updated.

Update the Pilot BIOS

Update the Pilot BIOS to ensure that the latest version of the BIOS is installed onthe Pilot.

If the Pilot is not connected to the Oracle FS System, you need the followingitems to update the BIOS:

• The login credentials for the Pilot root password and the Oracle IntegratedLights Out Manager (ILOM) root password.

Pilot BIOS updates are required when a new version of the BIOS is released orwhen a Pilot motherboard is replaced. The Pilot BIOS and ILOM imageconfiguration files must be copied and installed on the Pilot with the replacementmotherboard using the buddy Pilot. Perform the Pilot BIOS update after the Pilotmotherboard has been replaced. In this procedure, the Pilot is not be connectedto the Oracle FS System.

1 Enable secure shell (SSH) on your system using the CLI.

2 Login to the Pilot.

Required credentials:

• Username: root• Password: a1s2d3f$

Pilot Replacement Procedures

547

3 Use the ipmitool command to check the version of the newly installedmotherboard so that the correct rom.pkg and configuration files can beselected.ipmitool –H 169.254.2.9 –U root –P changeme sunoem cli“show /System”Properties:health = OKhealth_details = -open_problems_count = 0type = Rack Mountmodel = SUN SERVER X4-2

4 Verify the IP address of the local Pilot ILOM port by printing theconfiguration of the Pilot ILOM port on the screen.[root@pilot1 ~]# ifconfig eth3usb0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:10:E0:2A:01:B6inet addr:169.254.2.10 Bcast:169.254.2.11 Mask:255.255.255.252inet6 addr: fe80::210:e0ff:fe2a:1b6/64 Scope:LinkUP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1RX packets:1605 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0TX packets:1554 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000RX bytes:5085237 (4.8 MiB) TX bytes:120338 (117.5 KiB)Note: If the configuration of the local Pilot ILOM port is displayed asshown above, proceed to the next step. If the local Pilot ILOM port doesnot return a response as shown above, you might be required to flush theDHCP lease files. Otherwise, order a replacement motherboard and thenupdate the Pilot BIOS.

Note: If the configuration of the local Pilot ILOM port is the same versionand consequently, there is no need to update the BIOS, the configurationfiles for the BIOS and ILOM must still be used.

5 Verify that the buddy Pilot ILOM port is available by pinging the ETH–3port, which is the link to the buddy Pilot’s ILOM using the IP address:169.254.2.9.[root@pilot1 ~]# ping 169.254.2.9PING 169.254.2.5 (169.254.2.9) 56(84) bytes of data.64 bytes from 169.254.2.5: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.882 msNote: If pinging the USB interface displays the above information, proceedto the next step. If pinging the USB interface does not return a response asshown above, order a replacement motherboard and then update the PilotBIOS.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

548

6 Confirm that the Pilot BIOS firmware package is located at /rpms/firmware/XXXXXXXXXand is as follows: ILOM-3_1_2_30_r82439-Sun_Server_X4-2.pkg.

The following table lists the package name section along with associateddescription:

Package name section Description

ILOM- Package specifically designed for the Oracle ILOM port

3_ First octet in the version naming scheme

1_ Second octet in the version naming scheme

2_ Third octet in the version naming scheme

30_ Fourth octet in the version naming scheme

r82439 Release version number

Sun_Server_X4-2 Make and model number of the package

7 Update the Pilot BIOS firmware and the ILOM image by executing thefollowing command on the Pilot:[root@pilot1 ~]# fwupdate update sp-bios-firmware –n sp_bios–f /rpms/firmware/ILOM-3_1_2_30_b_r86439-Sun_Server_X4-2.pkg-o=/var/log/messages –q –H=169.254.2.9 –U=rootWhen prompted for the password, enter: changeme.

Note: Compare the Pilot BIOS firmware version number with the packagelocated at /rpms/firmware/XXXXXXXXX on the Pilot. If the Pilot BIOSfirmware version on the replacement motherboard is lower, upgrade thePilot BIOS.

8 Select the XML file that matches the version of the motherboard.ubiosconfig –H 169.254.2.9 –U root import all –xy /rpms/firmware/pilot_x4-2_bios_25010603_fs1-2_defaults.xmlilomconfig import config -H 169.254.2.9 -U root -y --xmlfile=/rpms/firmware/pilot_x4-2_ilom_3.1.2.30.b_r86439_fs1-2_defaults.xmlNote: The BIOS and ILOM configuration files are found in the /rpms/firmware directory.

9 The BIOS and ILOM configuration files are found in the /rpms/firmwaredirectory. Select the XML file that matches the version of the motherboard.ubiosconfig –H 169.254.2.9 –U root import all –xy /rpms/firmware/pilot_x4-2_bios_25010603_fs1-2_defaults.xmlilomconfig import config -H 169.254.2.9 -U root -y --xmlfile=/rpms/firmware/pilot_x4-2_ilom_3.1.2.30.b_r86439_fs1-2_defaults.xml

10 Restart the Pilot to initialize the BIOS update.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

549

• If the metadata file is available and the Pilot does not restartautomatically, type y at the prompt. Do you wish toautomatically reboot now? [y/n]?

• If no metadata.xml file is available or the metadata file does notcontain the reboot instructions, reboot the Pilot manually.

Note: After updating the Pilot BIOS, power on the host of the Pilot with the newmotherboard, by pushing the Power or Reset button at the front of the Pilot.After the Pilot host boots, the green LED on the power supplies stop blinkingand become steady.

Note: Because the Pilot is not connected to the Oracle FS System during the BIOSupdate, ensure that both Pilots are synchronized after the Pilot is connected tothe Oracle FS System.

Verify Component Replacement on the Standby PilotIf you replaced a component on the standby Pilot, complete the following stepsto verify the status of the Pilot:

1 Return to Guided Maintenance and click Finish.

Guided Maintenance closes and the GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

2 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Verify Component Replacement on the Active PilotIf you replaced a component on the active Pilot, complete the following steps toverify the status of the Pilot:

1 Restart Oracle FS System Manager (GUI).

2 Navigate to System > Hardware > Pilots.

The GUI displays the Pilot Overview page.

3 From the Pilot Overview page, review the status of the Pilot.A status of Normal requires no action.

Pilot Replacement Procedures

550

APPENDIX A

Oracle FS System LED Status

Oracle FS System LEDsAn Oracle FS System includes LEDs to indicate the status of the hardwarecomponents. To restore reliability to the Oracle FS System, locate the specificfailed component so that you can replace it. Hardware LED configuration helpsyou identify the failed component.

Important: If you cannot locate the hardware component that must be replaced,contact Oracle Customer Support.

The Guided Maintenance feature of the Oracle FS System Manager triggers thechassis with the failed component to blink, or it triggers all of the other chassis toblink, except for the one with the failed component. This blinking pattern helpsyou to identify component status.

Note: LED interpretations in this appendix apply to a system after it has beenpowered on.

Controller LED IndicatorsThe LED alarm assembly is a high-level status indicator of the Controller andController components. Use these diagnostic LEDs to determine if a componenthas failed in the Controller. The LED alarm assembly also includes a powerbutton to power on the Controller. Besides, the LED alarm assembly there is theController Identification Display (CID) that identifies the Controller by itsnumeric identifier.

The following figure shows the front display panel of the LED alarm assemblyon the Controller:

551

Figure 501: LED alarm assembly front display

Legend 1 Chassis identification LED or LocatorLED

5 Service processor LEDs

2 Service Action Required LED orCaution or Fault LED

6 Back power supply LED

3 Motherboard or Power or OK LED 7 Fault or Alarm LEDs (Critical,Major, Minor)

4 Power switch 8 User Alarm LED

The following table provides status information on the LEDs on the front displaypanel of the LED alarm assembly on the Controller:

Table 17: Controller LED status and description (front panel)No. LED LED color Status1 Chassis

identificationLED

or

Locator LEDbutton

White The Locator LED can be turned onto identify a particular system.When on, the LED blinks rapidly.Pressing and holding the Locatorbutton for 5 seconds initiates a testof all LEDs in the LED assembly.

2 ServiceActionRequiredLED

Amber Indicates that service is required.Under some fault conditions,individual component fault LEDsare turned on in addition to theService Required LED.

Oracle FS System LED Status

552

Table 17: Controller LED status and description (front panel) (continued)No. LED LED color Status3 Power or OK

LEDGreen Indicates these conditions:

• Off – Indicates that thesystem is not running in itsnormal state. System powermight be off. The SP mightbe running.

• Steady on – Indicates thatthe system is powered onand is running in its normaloperating state. No serviceactions are required.

• Fast blink: Indicates that thesystem is running instandby mode and can bequickly returned to fullfunction.

• Slow blink: Indicates thata normal but transitoryactivity is taking place.Slow blinking mightindicate that systemdiagnostics are runningor that the system isbooting.

5 ServiceprocessorLED

Green Indicates the state of the serviceprocessor:

• Flashing: Indicates the SPis booting.

• Steady: Indicates a steadystate, no service action isrequired.

6 Back powersupply LED

Amber Indicates the state of the powersupplies:

• Off – Indicates a steadystate, no service action isrequired.

• On – Indicates a faultwith one of the powersupplies.

Oracle FS System LED Status

553

Table 17: Controller LED status and description (front panel) (continued)No. LED LED color Status7 Fault or

Alarm LEDs

(Critical,Major,Minor)

• Critical AlarmLED : Red

• Major AlarmLED: Red

• Minor AlarmLED: Amber

Note: The alarm indicators appearon the front panel of the Controllerbut are not applicable for theOracle FS System.

8 User AlarmLED

Amber Indicates a user alarm condition.

Note: The alarm indicators appearon the front panel of the Controllerbut are not applicable for theOracle FS System.

The following figure shows the LEDs at the back of the Controller:

Figure 502: Controller back LEDs

Legend 1 Power supply status LEDs

2 Chassis Status LEDs

3 Network management LED

4 Net0 to Net3 status LEDs

The following table provides information on the LEDS at the back of theController:

Oracle FS System LED Status

554

Table 18: Controller LED status and description (back panel)No. LED LED color Status1 Power

supplystatus LEDs:

• (Top)OutputPower OKLED: Green

• (Middle)ServiceActionRequiredLED:Amber

• (Bottom)AC or DCInput PowerOK LED:Green

• Output Power OK LED:Indicates that output power iswithout fault.

• Service Action Required LED:Indicates that service for thepower supply is required.

• AC or DC Input Power OKLED: Indicates that inputpower is without fault.

2 ChassisStatus LEDs

• (Left)LocatorLED andbutton:White

• (Center)ServiceActionRequiredLED:Amber

• (Right)Main PowerOK LED:Green

• Locator LED and button: TheLocator LED can be turned onto identify a particular system.

• Service Action Required LED:Indicates that service isrequired. Under some faultconditions, individualcomponent fault LEDs areturned on in addition to theService Required LED.

• Main Power OK LED: Indicatesthese conditions:

• Off – System is notrunning in its normalstate. System powermight be off. The SPmight be running.

• Steady on – System ispowered on and isrunning in its normaloperating state. Noservice actions arerequired.

• Fast blink – System isrunning in standby mode

Oracle FS System LED Status

555

Table 18: Controller LED status and description (back panel) (continued)No. LED LED color Status

and can be quicklyreturned to full function.

• Slow blink – A normalbut transitory activity istaking place. Slowblinking might indicatethat system diagnosticsare running or that thesystem is booting.

Oracle FS System LED Status

556

Table 18: Controller LED status and description (back panel) (continued)No. LED LED color Status3 Network

managementLED

• (Left) Linkand ActivityLED: Green

• (Right)Speed LED:Green,amber, orOFF

Indicates these conditions:

• Link and Activity LED:• On or blinking – A link is

established.• Off – No link is

established.• Speed LED:

• On or blinking – The linkis operating as a 100-Mbps connection.

• Off – The link isoperating as a 10-Mbpsconnection.

4 Net0 to Net3status LEDs

• (Left) Linkand ActivityLED: Green

• (Right)Speed LED:Amber

Indicates the state of the serviceprocessor:

• Link and Activity LED:• On or blinking – A link is

established.• Off – No link is

established.• Speed LED:

• Amber – The link isoperating as a Gigabitconnection (1000-Mbps).

• Green – The link isoperating as a 100-Mbpsconnection.

• Off – The link isoperating as a 10-Mbpsconnection or there is nolink.

Oracle FS System LED Status

557

Controller Power Supply LED IndicatorsThe LED indicators on the power supplies are at the left of the fan of each powersupply and provide power activity status.

Table 19: Controller power supply LED status and descriptionIcon Location Name Color Status and meaning

Top OK Green • On – Power supply isfunctional without fault.

• Off – Power supply is off orinitializing.

• Flashing – No function.

Middle AttentionServiceRequired

Amber • On – Normal fault detected.• Off – No faults detected.• Flashing – No function.

Bottom AC or DC Green • On – Input power presentand good.

• Off – Input power notpresent.

• Flashing – No function.

Controller Fan LED IndicatorsA single bi-color LED represents the status of each fan module. The LEDs are onthe motherboard near each fan module, and are visible from the back panel ofthe Controller when you look through the grill below the risers.

Table 20: Controller fan LED status and descriptionColor Status and meaning

Green The fan module is functional without fault.

Amber The fan module has experienced a fault.

Note: There are two LEDs near the status LED for the third fan module. Do notconfuse the FPGA Good and FPGA Diagnostic LEDs with the status LED for thethird fan module.

Oracle FS System LED Status

558

Controller ESM LED IndicatorsThree LEDs represent the status of each energy storage module (ESM). The LEDsare above the release button of each drive.

Figure 503: Controller drive LEDs

Legend 1 Ready to Remove LED

2 Attention Service Required LED

3 OK/Activity LED

4 Power switch

This following table describes the functionality of the ESM LEDs:

Oracle FS System LED Status

559

Table 21: Controller ESM LED status and descriptionIcon Location Name Color Status and meaning

Top Ready to Remove Blue • On – ESM can beremoved as ahot-swapoperation.

• Off – Do notremove the ESM.

• Flashing – ESMis initializing.

Middle Attention ServiceRequired

Amber • On – Normalfault is detected.

• Off – No faultsare detected.

• Flashing – Nofunction.

Bottom OK/Activity Green • On – ESM isfunctionalwithout fault.

• Off – ESM is offor initializing.

• Flashing – ESMread and writeactivity.

Drive Enclosure LED IndicatorsThe LED indicators on the operator panel of the Drive Enclosures provide systemstatus. The LED display identifies the Drive Enclosure by its numeric identifier.

The following figures show the operator panel LEDs for both types of DriveEnclosure.

Oracle FS System LED Status

560

Figure 504: Operator panel LEDs (DE2-24P Drive Enclosure)

Legend 1 System power indicator 3 Locate indicator and logical faultindicator

2 Module fault indicator 4 Chassis ID

Figure 505: Operator panel LEDs (DE2-24C Drive Enclosure)

Legend 1 System power indicator 3 Locate indicator and logical faultindicator

2 Module fault indicator 4 Chassis ID

The following table provides status information on the operator panel LEDs.

Oracle FS System LED Status

561

Table 22: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (operator panel)

LED LED color Status

System powerindicator

Green The status is normal.

Module faultindicator

Amber A module fault is present.

Locate indicator White The DE is located.

LED display Green number between 01and 30

The numeric identifier of a DE isdisplayed.

Power Cooling Module LED IndicatorsThe LED indicators on the power cooling modules provide power activity status,fan and temperature fault conditions, and firmware upgrade status.

The following figure shows the power cooling module LEDs.

Figure 506: Power cooling module LEDs

Legend 1 Status indicator 3 Fan fail indicator

2 AC fail indicator 4 DC output fail indicator

The following table provides status information on the power cooling moduleLEDs.

Oracle FS System LED Status

562

Table 23: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (power cooling module)

Status Status indicator(green)

Fan failindicator(amber)

AC fail indicator(amber)

DC failindicator(amber)

AC power is notavailable on eitherpower coolingmodule.

Off Off Off Off

AC power is notavailable on thispower coolingmodule.

Off Off On On

AC power ispresent, and thestatus of the powercooling module isnormal.

On Off Off Off

The power coolingmodule fan isoutside ofacceptable limits.

Off On Off Off

The power coolingmodule fan failed.

Off On Off Off

A fault is present(over temperature,over volts, overcurrent).

Off On On On

The power coolingmodule is instandby mode.

Flashing Off Off Off

The power coolingmodule isdownloadingfirmware.

Off Flashing Flashing Flashing

I/O Module LED IndicatorsThe LED indicators on the I/O modules provide power activity status, locateindicators, fault conditions, and host port activity.

The following figure shows the I/O module LEDs.

Oracle FS System LED Status

563

Figure 507: I/O module LEDs

Legend 1 Fault and locate indicator 3 Host port activity indicator

2 Power and OK indicator

The following table provides status information on the I/O module LEDs.

Table 24: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (I/O module)

Status Fault and locateindicator (amber)

Power and OKindicator (green)

Host port activity(green)

The status isnormal.

Off On Not applicable

An I/O modulefault is present.

On Off Not applicable

The I/O module islocated.

Flash On Not applicable

A vital productdata (VPD) error ispresent.

Not applicable Flash Not applicable

The host port is notconnected.

Not applicable Not applicable Off

The host port is notactive.

Not applicable Not applicable On

The host portactivity is normal.

Not applicable Not applicable Flashing

Drive LED IndicatorsThe LED indicators on the Drive Enclosure drives provide power activity status,locate indicators, and fault conditions of each drive.

The following figures show the drive LEDs for both types of Drive Enclosure.

Oracle FS System LED Status

564

Figure 508: Drive LEDs (DE2-24P Drive Enclosure)

Legend 1 Power and activity indicator 2 Drive fault indicator

Figure 509: Drive LEDs (DE2-24C Drive Enclosure)

Legend 1 Power and activity indicator 2 Drive fault indicator

The following table provides status information on the drive LEDs.

Table 25: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (drives)

Status Power/Activity Indicator(green)

Drive Fault indicator(amber)

Drive is installedand operational.

On and blinking with startupor activity

Off

The drive is located. On Flash one second on and onesecond off

A drive fault ispresent.

On On

In addition to the continuousamber light on the Drive FaultLED, the Locate LED on theoperator panel is also acontinuous amber light.

Oracle FS System LED Status

565

Table 25: Drive Enclosure LED status and description (drives) (continued)

Status Power/Activity Indicator(green)

Drive Fault indicator(amber)

A failure occurredin the power controlcircuit.

Off On

In addition to the continuousamber light on the Drive FaultLED, the Module Fault LED onthe operator panel is also acontinuous amber light.

A failure occurredin the disk array.

On Flash three seconds on and onesecond off.

In addition to the flashingamber light on the Drive FaultLED, the Locate LED on theoperator panel is also acontinuous amber light.

Pilot LED IndicatorsThe Pilot LEDs are on the front panel of the Pilot. Use these diagnostic LEDs todetermine if a component has failed in the Pilot.

The following figure shows the LEDs at the front of the Pilot:

Figure 510: LEDs at the front of the Pilot

Legend 1 Locator LED / Locator button: white 5 Power button

2 Service Action Required LED or Caution orFault LED: Amber

6 Fan fault LED: amber

3 OK LED: green 7 Power supply fault LED:amber

4 Service processor LED: green

The following figure shows the LEDs at the back of the Pilot:

Oracle FS System LED Status

566

Figure 511: LEDs at the back of the Pilot

Legend 1 Poser supply 0 (PS0) 5 Locator LED: white

2 Power supply LEDs: Service Required LED(amber) and AC OK LED (green)

6 Service Required LED:amber

3 Power supply 1 (PS1) 7 Power or OK LED:green

4 Power supply LEDs: Service Required LED(amber) and AC OK LED (green)

There are six, system-level status indicators (LEDs), that are on the Pilot frontpanel and the Pilot back panel. The following table provides status informationon these Pilot LEDs:

Table 26: Pilot LED status and descriptionLED Icon LED color Status

LocatorLED button

White • OFF – Pilot is operating normally• FAST BLINK – To locate a particular

system quickly and easily.• Pressing the Locate button toggles

the LED fast blink on or off.

ServiceActionRequiredLED

Amber • OFF – Normal operation• STEADY ON – Fault present on the

Pilot. This LED lights whenever afault indicator lights for a Pilotreplaceable component.

Note: When this indicator lights up, there is asystem console message that includes arecommended service action.

Oracle FS System LED Status

567

Table 26: Pilot LED status and description (continued)LED Icon LED color Status

Power orOK LED

Green Indicates the operational state of the chassis.This indicator can be in the following states:

• OFF – AC power is not present.

• STEADY BLINK – Standby power is on,but the chassis power is off.

• SLOW BLINK – Startup sequence hasbeen initiated on the host. Thispattern begins soon after you poweron the Pilot. This status indicateseither: (1) POST code checkpoint testsare running on the Pilot host system,or (2) the host is transitioning fromthe powered-on state to the standbystate on shutdown.

• STEADY ON – The Pilot is poweredon, and all host POST codecheckpoint tests are complete. ThePilot is in one of the following states:

• 1) The Pilot host is booting theoperating system (OS).

• 2) The Pilot host is running theOS.

ServiceProcessorLED

Green • OFF – Service processor (SP) is notrunning.

• SLOW BLINK – SP is booting.• STEADY ON – SP is fully

operational.

Top Fan,Processor,MemoryFailure LED

Amber Indicates that one or more of the internal fanmodules, processors, or memory DIMMs havefailed.

• OFF – Indicates steady state; noservice is required.

• STEADY ON – Indicates servicerequired; service the fan modules,processors, or memory DIMMs.

Oracle FS System LED Status

568

Table 26: Pilot LED status and description (continued)LED Icon LED color Status

Rear PowerSupplyFailure LED

Amber Indicates that one of the Pilot power supplieshas failed.

• OFF – Indicates steady state; noservice is required.

• STEADY ON – Indicates servicerequired; service the power supply.

OverTemperature WarningLED

Amber • OFF – Normal operation; no serviceis required.

• STEADY ON – The system isexperiencing an over-temperaturewarning condition.

Note: This is a warning indication, not a fatalover temperature. Might result in the systemoverheating and shutting down unexpectedly.

Pilot Drive LED IndicatorsThere are three LEDs on each Pilot drive. There is only one drive in each Pilot.

Table 27: Pilot drive LED status and descriptionLED Icon LED

colorStatus

OK toRemove

Blue The storage drive can be removed safely during a hot-swap operation.

ServiceRequired

Amber • OFF – Normal operation.• STEADY ON – The system has detected a

fault with the storage drive.

OK/Activity

Green • OFF – Power is off or the system does notrecognize the installed drive.

• STEADY ON – The drive is engaged and isreceiving power.

• STEADY BLINK – There is disk activity.Indicator blinks on and off to indicateactivity

Oracle FS System LED Status

569

Pilot Fan LED IndicatorsEach Pilot fan module has one bicolored LED. These LEDs are on the Pilot sidewall next to the fan modules and are visible when the top cover fan door is open.

Table 28: Pilot fan LED status and descriptionLED Icon LED color Status

FanStatusLED

NONE Bicolored:Amber/Green

• Amber – There is a fan fault.• Green – Fan is properly installed and

operating correctly. No fan errors detected.

Pilot Port LED IndicatorsThe Pilot has LED indicators for Network Management ports and the Ethernetports.

Network Management Port Status LEDsThe Pilot has one 10/100BASE-T Ethernet management domain interface, labeledNET MGT. There are two LEDs on this port. These indicators are visible from theback of the Pilot.

Table 29: Network management port LED status and descriptionLED Location LED

colorStatus

Linkspeed

Top left AmberorGreen

• Amber on - 10BASE-T link• Green on - 100BASE-T link• Off - No link or link down• Flashing - No function

Activity Topright

Green • On - No function• Off - No activity• Flashing - Packet activity

Ethernet Port Status LEDsThe Pilot has four Ethernet ports (NET 3, NET 2, NET 1, NET 0). There are twoLEDs on each port. These LEDs are visible from the back of the Pilot.

Oracle FS System LED Status

570

Table 30: Ethernet port LED status and descriptionLED Location LED color Status

Linkspeed

Top left Green • On - No function.• Off - No activity• Flashing - Packet activity

Activity Topright

Amber orGreen

• Amber on - 100BASE-T link• Green on - 1000/10GBBASE-T link• Off - No link or link down• Flashing - No function

Pilot Motherboard LED IndicatorsThe Pilot motherboard and modules that are installed on the motherboardcontain several LEDs.

Table 31: Motherboard LED status and descriptionLED Description

DDR3DIMM FaultLED

Each of the 16 DDR3 DIMM slots on the motherboard has an amberfault LED associated with it. If a DIMM is faulty, pressing the FaultRemind button on the motherboard signals the service processor tolight the fault LEDs associated with the faulted DIMMs.

ProcessorFault LED

The motherboard includes a fault status indicator (LED) next to each ofthe two processor (CPU) sockets.

These LEDs indicate when a processor is faulty. For example, if onreboot the BIOS detects that there are uncorrectable processor errorsrecorded in the machine check architecture (MCA) registers apparentlyleft over from the previous boot, then the BIOS records and diagnosesthese errors.

If it is determined that a processor is faulty, pressing the Fault Remindbutton on the motherboard signals the service processor to light thefault LED associated with the faulted processor.

Oracle FS System LED Status

571

Table 31: Motherboard LED status and description (continued)LED Description

FaultRemindPower LED

This LED is located next to the Fault Remind button and is poweredfrom the super capacitor that powers the fault LEDs on themotherboard. This LED lights to indicate that the fault remind circuitryis working properly in cases where no components have failed and, as aresult, none of the component fault LEDs illuminate.

StandbyPower GoodLED

The service instructions for all internal components require that all ACpower is removed from the power supplies before the top cover of thePilot is removed.

This green LED is labeled STBY PWRGD and is located on the back ofthe Pilot near PCIe slot 2.

This LED lights to inform a service technician that the motherboard isreceiving standby power from at least one of the power supplies. ThisLED is provided to help prevent service actions on the Pilot’s internalcomponents while the AC power cords are installed and power is beingsupplied to the Pilot.

Pilot Power Supply LED IndicatorsThere are two LEDs on each power supply. These LEDs are visible from the backof the Pilot.

Table 32: Pilot Drive LED status and descriptionLED Icon LED

colorStatus

AC OK/DC OK

Green • OFF – No AC power is present.• SLOW BLINK – Normal operation. Input

power is within specification. DC outputvoltage is not enabled.

• STEADY ON – Normal operation. Input ACpower and DC output voltage are withinspecification.

ServiceRequired

Amber

• OFF – Normal operation; no service required.• STEADY ON – The power supply (PS) has

detected a PS fan failure, PS over-temperature, PS over current, or PS over orunder voltage.

Oracle FS System LED Status

572

APPENDIX B

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

Oracle FS System Hardware SpecificationsAn Oracle Flash Storage System is an assembly of Pilots, Controllers, DriveEnclosures, power distribution units (PDUs), racks, and cables. ReplicationEngines are an optional component of the Oracle FS System.

The following table indicates the basic components that constitute an OracleFlash Storage System.

Table 33: Basic components of an Oracle Flash Storage SystemComponent Oracle Flash Storage SystemPilot • Two Pilots for failover and failback

• Management commands flow from the active Pilot to theControllers

Controller • Two Controllers for failover and failback• Provide network I/O access to customer facilities and

provides a storage fabric interface between all DriveEnclosures and other Controllers.

Drive Enclosure • 1 to 30. The two types of Drive Enclosure are theDE2-24P Drive Enclosure and the DE2-24C DriveEnclosure.

• Used as back-end storage for the Oracle FS Systems.

PDU • Two PDUs are required in each rack that is used for theinstallation of rack-ready Oracle FS Systems.

• PDUs are built-in to the Oracle racks.

Rack • At least one rack.Note: The number of racks is based on the number of DriveEnclosures and whether there are any Replication Enginesincluded in the system.

The number of racks depends on the number and the distribution ofthe hardware components.

573

The following table provides the maximum dimensions of an Oracle FlashStorage System that is fully integrated at the factory in the supported Oracle rackwith Oracle PDUs.

Table 34: Maximum physical dimensions of an Oracle Flash Storage SystemComponent Oracle Flash Storage SystemHeight 42U or 1998 mm (78.7 in)

Width 600 mm (23.6 in)

Depth (front door handle to back door handle) 1200 mm (47.2 in)

Depth (doors removed) 1112 mm (43.8 in)

Maximum weight 696.6 kg (1535.7 lb)

Note: The weight of an Oracle Flash Storage System depends on the distributionof Drive Enclosures in the rack and whether any Replication Engines areincluded, as well as the Pilots and Controllers.

Component Chassis Hardware SpecificationsThe following tables provide information on the hardware specifications and thepower characteristics of the Pilot, Controller, and Drive Enclosures.

Dimensions and Weight

Table 35: Pilot dimensions and weight

Attribute Value

Height 1.68 in (4.26 cm)

Width Server chassis (not including ears): 17.19 in (43.65 cm)

Server chassis (with bezel): 18.9 in (48.24 cm)

Depth (notincluding powersupply handles)

29.0 in (73.7 cm)

Weight 40 lb (18.1437 kg): Weight of one Pilot.

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

574

Table 36: Controller dimensions and weight

Attribute Value

Height 3.45 in (8.76 cm)

Width 17.52 in (44.55 cm)

Depth 20.25 in (51.435 cm)

Weight 41 lb (18.59 kg)

Table 37: DE2-24P Drive Enclosure dimensions and weight

Attribute Value

Height 3.46 in (8.79 cm); 2U

Weight (withdrives)

55 lb (24.9 kg)

Width Width across mounting flange: 19 in (48.26 cm)

Width across body of enclosure: 17.44 in (44.29 cm)

Depth 24.8 in (62.99 cm)

Table 38: DE2-24C Drive Enclosure dimensions and weight

Attribute Value

Height 6.92 in (17.57 cm); 4U

Weight (withdrives)

110 lb (49.89 kg)

Width Width across mounting flange: 19 in (48.26 cm)

Width across body of enclosure: 17.44 in (44.29 cm)

Depth 24.8 in (62.99 cm)

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

575

Power Characteristics

Table 39: Pilot power characteristics

Powercharacteristic

Value

Frequency 50–60Hz

AC voltage 100–240V

Maximumpowerconsumption forboth nodes

314 VA

Current drawfor both nodes

1.42A, 208V

Maximum heatdissipation

1102 BTU/hr

AC receptacletype

IEC 60320 C14 inlet

Table 40: Controller power characteristics

Powercharacteristic

Value

Frequency(nominal)

50–60 Hz (47–63 Hz range)

Voltage(nominal)

100 to 127/200 to 240 Volts AC

Input current(maximum) forboth nodes

13.6 A at 100–120 Volts AC (approximately)

8 A at 200–240 Volts AC (approximately)

Maximumpowerconsumption forboth nodes

874 VA (power at maximum FS1 Controller configuration)

Maximum heatdissipation

2830 BTU/hr

AC receptacletype

IEC 60320 C14 inlet

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

576

Table 41: Drive Enclosure power characteristics

Powercharacteristic

Value

Maximumoutput power

Maximum power consumption depends on the type of DriveEnclosure (DE2-24P or DE2-24C), its size (2U/4U), andconfiguration.

• 4U HDD= 376VA (4TB HDD)

• 2U SFF = 260VA (900GB SFF HDD)

• 2U SSD = 307VA (19 x 1.6TB SSD)

Frequency 50–60 Hz

Voltage range 100–240 Volts AC rated

Maximum rangeselection

47–63 Hz

Maximuminrush current

20A

Power factorcorrection

95% or less at nominal input voltage

Harmonics Meets EN61000-3-2

Operatingtemperature

5° –40° Celsius (41° —104° Fahrenheit)

PDU Hardware SpecificationsThe PDUs used in a not-racked Oracle FS System installation must provideredundancy for both external AC power source and internal AC powerdistribution to the components. The PDUs must provide sufficient current tomeet the sum of the requirements for the Oracle FS System components.

Oracle PDUs might be purchased for use with non-Oracle racks. The Oracle FSSystem component power cords have been designed to work with vertical styleOracle or third party PDUs. Non-Oracle PDUs must be compatible with Oraclecomponent power cord lengths and plug types. Non-Oracle PDUs must bemounted in a manner such that the power cords provided by Oracle might beused and the PDUs do not obstruct the ability to replace field replaceable units(FRUs) and customer serviceable units (CRUs).

While planning rack-space, ensure that adequate space is also allocated for thePDUs, if using non-Oracle PDUs.

The following tables provide information on the various PDUs for the Oracle FSSystems, with the assumption that there are two PDUs in each rack.

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

577

Note: The term “Ph” stands for “phase” in the above tables.

Table 42: Low voltage dual phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems

Low Voltage 2Ph (2W + ground)

kVA size 10 kVA

Marketing part number 7104982

Manufacturing part number 7051798

Phase 1 Phase

No grounded neutral conductors areprovided in the two input cords.

Voltage input 2x [2Ph (2W+ground)], 208Vac, 50/60 Hz,maximum. 24A per phase

Can be connected to input sources in therange of 200V – 240V AC (nominal)

Number of input cords and plug type 2x NEMA L6-30P

Number of data center receptacles andtype

2x NEMA L6-30R

Maximum input current for each cord 24A

Outlet receptacles (number/type) 42/C13 (seven for each outlet group)

6/C19 (one for each outlet group)

Outlet groups for each PDU 6

PDU power cord length 2 meters (6.6 feet)

PDU power cords are 4 m (13 ft) long, butonly 2 m (6.6 ft) are usable outside of thecabinet.

Table 43: Low voltage three-phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems

Low Voltage 3Ph (3W + ground)

kVA size 15 kVA

Marketing part number 7104979

Manufacturing part number 7051909

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

578

Table 43: Low voltage three-phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems(continued)

Low Voltage 3Ph (3W + ground)

Phase 3

No grounded neutral conductors areprovided in the input cords.

Voltage input 3Ph [(3W+ground)] 208Vac, 50/60 Hz,maximum. 40A per phase

Can be connected to Ph-Ph input sources inthe range of 190V – 220V AC (nominal)

Number of input cords and plug type 1x IEC 309, 60A (Hubbell C460P9W orequivalent)

Number of data center receptacles andtype

1x IEC 309, 60A (Hubbell 460R9S orequivalent)

Maximum input current for each cord 40A

Outlet receptacles (number/type) 42/C13 (seven for each outlet group)

6/C19 (one for each outlet group)

Outlet groups for each PDU 6

PDU power cord length 2 meters (6.6 feet)

PDU power cords are 4 meters (13 feet)long, but sections are connected for internalrouting in the rack.

Table 44: High voltage single phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems

High Voltage 1Ph (2W + ground)

kVA size 10 kVA

Marketing part number 7104983

Manufacturing part number 7051801

Phase 1

Voltage input 2x [2Ph. (2W+ground)] 230Vac, 50 Hz,maximum. 25A per phase

Can be connected to Ph-N input sources inthe range of 220V – 240V AC (nominal)

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

579

Table 44: High voltage single phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems(continued)

High Voltage 1Ph (2W + ground)

Number of input cords and plug type 2x IEC 309, 32A (Hubbell 332P6S orequivalent)

Number of data center receptacles andtype

2x IEC 309, 32A (Hubbell 332R6S orequivalent)

Maximum input current for each cord 25A

Outlet receptacles (number/type) 42/C13 (seven for each outlet group)

6/C19 (one for each outlet group)

Outlet groups for each PDU 6

PDU power cord length 2 meters (6.6 feet)

PDU power cords are 4 meters (13 feet)long, but sections are connected for internalrouting in the rack.

Table 45: High voltage three-phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems

High Voltage 3Ph (5W + ground)

kVA size 15 kVA

Marketing part number 7104980

Manufacturing part number 7051915

Phase 3

Voltage input [3Ph. (4W+ground)] 230/400Vac, 50/60 Hz,maximum. 25A per phase

Can be connected to Ph-N input sources inthe range of 220V – 240V AC (nominal)

Number of input cords and plug type 1x IEC 309, 32A (Hubbell 532P6S orequivalent)

Number of data center receptacles andtype

1x IEC 309, 32A (Hubbell 532R6S orequivalent)

Maximum input current for each cord 25A

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

580

Table 45: High voltage three-phase PDU for Oracle Flash Storage Systems(continued)

High Voltage 3Ph (5W + ground)

Outlet receptacles (number/type) 42/C13 (seven for each outlet group)

6/C19 (one for each outlet group)

Outlet groups for each PDU 6

PDU power cord length 2 meters (6.6 feet)

PDU power cords are 4 meters (13 feet)long, but sections are connected for internalrouting in the rack.

System Power RequirementsThe total power consumed by the Oracle FS1 Flash Storage System is dependenton the configuration of the system. To determine the system electrical inputratings for Oracle Flash Storage Systems that use the Oracle supported PDUs,refer to the PDU information provided for Oracle Flash Storage Systems.

Oracle Flash Storage Systems require redundant input power feeds for properfault tolerant operation.

Note: Ensure that you have the exact power load and current requirements foryour specific Oracle FS System at hand.

If non-Oracle PDUs are used, you must determine the electrical input ratings ofthe Oracle FS System configuration.

System Packaging and TransportationAll packaging and transportation are tested in accordance with Oracle ShippingPackage Test, Doc. No. 950-1291-01.

System EnvironmentalsTable 46: System altitude specifications

Mode Elevation

Operational –196 to 10498.7 feet (–60 to 3,200 meters)

Non-operational

–196 to 40026.2 feet (–60 to 12,200 meters)

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

581

Table 47: System temperature and humidity specifications

Mode Ambienttemperature

Non-condensinghumidity

Max wet bulbtemperature

Gradient

Operational Up to 7000–feetelevation:+41 to 104°F(+5 to 40°C)

Up to 10,000–feet elevation:+41 to 95°F(+5 to 35°C)

10–85%

10%/hr gradient

86°F

(30°C)

36°F/hr

(20°C/hr)

Non-operational

-45.4 to 154.4 °F

(-43 °C to 68 °C)

5–95%

10%/hr gradient

104°F

(40°C)

54°F/hr

(30°C/hr)

Oracle FS System Hardware Specifications

582

IndexAadditional resources 38air filter

how toreplace 114

service procedures 114altitude specifications 581

Bbackups

procedure for backing up data 66when to do 66

batteryhow to

replace 399service procedures 399

CCaution signal words 51central processing unit (CPU)

how toreplace 224, 510

service procedures 224, 510chassis

how toinsert a Drive Enclosure 379, 388remove a Drive Enclosure 379, 388replace Drive Enclosure 379, 388

component numbering location 60component numbering order 60component placement location 58components, Oracle FS system

technical specifications 573contact information 39contacts, Oracle 39Controller

how toinsert 80install CMA 77install rack rails 69install slide rails 72update BIOS 310verify rails 81

installing rails 67Controller components

part numbers 40parts list 40

Controller hardware componentsCRU list 40FRU list 40

replacement conceptsController identification display (CUID) 239energy storage module (ESM) 131ESM backplane 193NV-DIMM (s) 180

Controller identification display (CUID)how to

replace 239service procedures 239

Controller rail kits 68Controllers

how toaccess Guided Maintenance 55

overview 114CRUs

Drive Enclosure components 44Guided Maintenance 54part numbers

Drive Enclosures 44customer replaceable units, see CRUscustomer supplied materials 51customer support 39

DDanger signal words 51DE2-24C Drive Enclosure

part numbers 44DE2-24C Drive Enclosures

physical configuration 358type of Drive Enclosure 358

DE2-24P Drive Enclosurepart numbers 44

DE2-24P Drive Enclosuresphysical configuration 358type of Drive Enclosure 358

DIMM (s)how to

replace 163, 440service procedures 163, 440

disk backplanehow to

replace 486service procedures 486

documentationconventions

Caution, Warning, and Danger signal words 51feedback 39related to service procedures 38

doors, rackhow to

remove 65Drive Enclosure hardware components

583

backups for 66how to

insert a drive 362insert a power cooling module 372insert an I/O module 367remove a drive 362remove a Drive Enclosure 388remove a power cooling module 372remove an I/O module 367replace a drive 362replace a Drive Enclosure 388replace a power cooling module 372replace an I/O module 367

replacement conceptsdrives 360

Drive Enclosure rail kits 86Drive Enclosures

components list 44CRU list 44FRU list 44how to

access Guided Maintenance 55install rails 88replace a chassis 378, 379, 388replace drives 360, 362replace I/O modules 367replace power cooling modules 372

installing rails 83logical names 60part numbers 44physical configuration 358physical names 60types of

DE2-24C Drive Enclosure 358DE2-24P Drive Enclosure 358

drivesDrive Enclosures

HDDs 358large form factor (LFF) 358small form factor drives (SFF) 358SSDs 358

how toinsert 362remove 362replace 362

part numbers 44service procedures 362

Eeducation programs 39electrostatic discharge (ESD)

precautions 51energy storage module (ESM)

how toreplace 131

service procedures 131

environment, data centerOracle FS system requirements 581

ESM backplanehow to

replace 193service procedures 193

Ffan modules

how toreplace 117, 433

service procedures 117, 433feedback, documentation 39field replaceable units, see FRUsFRUs

Drive Enclosure components 44Guided Maintenance 54part numbers

Drive Enclosures 44

Gground straps

personal ESD 51Guided Maintenance

CRUs 54FRUs 54how to

access Guided Maintenance 55replace a CRU 55replace a FRU 55

overview 52

Hhardware components

CRUsDrive Enclosures 44

Drive Enclosure parts list 44FRUs

Drive Enclosures 44how to

insert a Drive Enclosure 379, 388remove a Drive Enclosure 379replace a drive 362replace a Drive Enclosure 378, 379, 388replace a power cooling module 372replace an I/O module 367

replacement conceptsair filter 114central processing unit (CPU) 224DIMM (s) 163fan modules 117HBA 149heat sink 211LED alarm assembly 249

Index

584

motherboard 270motherboard cables 313power distribution board (PDB) 327power supplies 126riser board assembly 139

types of Drive EnclosuresDE2-24C 358DE2-24P 358

hardware problemshow to

perform emergency back up 66replace battery 399replace central processing unit (CPU) 224, 510replace disk backplane 486replace drives 360replace heat sink 211, 500replace motherboard 270, 522replace power distribution board (PDB) 327

hardware specificationsaltitude 581humidity 581PDU 577temperature 581

hazard signal wordsin English 51

HBAhow to

replace 149service procedures 149

HDDssee also hard disk drives (HDDs)

how toreplace a drive 362replace drives 360

see also hard disk drives (HDDs)heat sink

how toreplace 211, 500

service procedures 211, 500how to

insert 114, 117, 126, 131, 139, 149, 163, 180, 193,239, 249, 313, 409, 418, 429, 433, 440, 449, 481remove 114, 117, 126, 131, 139, 149, 163, 180, 193,239, 249, 313, 409, 418, 429, 433, 440, 449, 481

humidity specifications 581

II/O modules

how toinsert 367remove 367replace 367

part numbers 44service procedures 367

inserta Drive Enclosure 379, 388

air filter 114Controller identification display (CUID) 239DIMM (s) 163, 440drives 362energy storage module (ESM) 131ESM backplane 193fan module 117, 433HBA 149I/O modules 367LED alarm assembly 249motherboard cables 313NV-DIMM (s) 180Pilot chassis 449power cooling modules 372power supplies 126, 429riser board assembly 139, 418SAS HBA 409SAS HDD 481

installation procedurestools, required 51

Llarge form factor (LFF) drives, see drivesLED alarm assembly

how toreplace 249

service procedures 249LED status 551

Mmotherboard

how toreplace 270, 522

service procedures 270, 522motherboard cable kit(s/es)

how toreplace 313

motherboard cableshow to

replace 313location 294service procedures 313type 294

Nnotice conventions, safety 51NV-DIMM (s)

how toreplace 180

service procedures 180

Oonline help 39Oracle documentation 39

Index

585

Oracle FS systemcomponent numbering

location 60order 60

component placementlocation 58

hardware specifications 573Oracle FS System

Drive Enclosuresreplace a drive 362replace a Drive Enclosure 378replace a power cooling module 372replace an I/O module 367

how toback up data 67prepare the rack 64

LED status indicators 551power cycling 67

Oracle FS System ManagerGuided Maintenance 52

Oracle FS SystemsControllers

overview 114Pilots, overview 399

Oracle rackshow to

remove rack doors 65Oracle Technology Network (OTN) 39

Ppanels, rack

how toremove 65

part numbersController components 40DE2-24C Drive Enclosure chassis 44DE2-24P Drive Enclosure chassis 44drives 44I/O modules 44Pilot components 48power cooling modules 44

parts listController components 40Pilot components 48

PDUshardware specifications 577

Pilothow to

create Pilot OS image 484insert 110install CMA 108install rack rails 105install slide rails 107update BIOS 547verify rails 112

Pilot chassis

how toreplace 449

service procedures 449Pilot components

part numbers 48parts list 48

Pilot hardware componentsCRU list 48FRU list 48replacement concepts

battery 399central processing unit (CPU) 510DIMM (s) 440disk backplane 486fan modules 433heat sink 500motherboard 522Pilot chassis 449power supplies 429riser board assembly 418SAS HBA 409SAS HDD 481

Pilot image 484Pilot rail kits 104Pilots

how toaccess Guided Maintenance 55

installing rails 104overview 399

powerfeed requirements of the system 581

power cooling moduleshow to

insert 372remove 372replace 372

part numbers 44service procedures 372

power cycling, system 67power distribution board (PDB)

how toreplace 327

power supplieshow to

replace 126, 429service procedures 126, 429

prepare racks 64product support 39

Rrack

how toinstall Drive Enclosures 88verify rail installation 81, 112

safety precautions 66rack-ready 68, 104

Index

586

rackshow to

remove doors 65remove panels 65

rail kits 68, 86, 104rails

how toinstall Drive Enclosures rails 88verify 81, 112

related books 38remove

a Drive Enclosure 379, 388air filter 114Controller identification display (CUID) 239DIMM (s) 163, 440drives 362energy storage module (ESM) 131ESM backplane 193fan module 117, 433HBA 149I/O modules 367LED alarm assembly 249motherboard cables 313NV-DIMM (s) 180Pilot chassis 449power cooling modules 372power supplies 126, 429rack

doors 65panels 65

riser board assembly 139, 418SAS HBA 409SAS HDD 481

replacea Drive Enclosure 378, 379, 388air filter 114battery 399central processing unit (CPU) 224, 510Controller identification display (CUID) 239DIMM (s) 163, 440disk backplane 486drives 362energy storage module (ESM) 131ESM backplane 193fan module 117, 433HBA 149heat sink 211, 500I/O modules 367LED alarm assembly 249motherboard 270, 522motherboard cable kit 313motherboard cables 313NV-DIMM (s) 180Pilot chassis 449power cooling modules 372power distribution board (PDB) 327power supplies 126, 429

riser board assembly 139, 418SAS HBA 409SAS HDD 481

replaceable componentsGuided Maintenance 54how to

access Guided Maintenance 55replacement concepts

Drive Enclosuredrives 360

Pilotbattery 399central processing unit (CPU) 510disk backplane 486heat sink 500motherboard 522

riser board assemblyhow to

replace 139, 418service procedures 139, 418

Ssafety

notice conventions 51safety precautions 66sales information 39SAS HBA

how toreplace 409

service procedures 409SAS HDD

how toreplace 481

service procedures 481service procedures

air filter 114back up data 66battery 399central processing unit (CPU) 224, 510Controller identification display (CUID) 239CRUs 54DIMM (s) 163, 440disk backplane 486energy storage module (ESM) 131ESM backplane 193fan modules 117, 433FRUs 54Guided Maintenance 52, 54HBA 149heat sink 211, 500how to

access Guided Maintenance 55remove rack doors 65remove rack panels 65replace drives 360

LED alarm assembly 249

Index

587

motherboard 270, 522motherboard cables 313NV-DIMM (s) 180Pilot chassis 449power supplies 126, 429replace a Drive Enclosure 379, 388replace drives 362replace I/O modules 367replace power cooling modules 372riser board assembly 139, 418SAS HBA 409SAS HDD 481

signal words 51small form factor (SFF) drives, see drivesSSDssee also solid state drives (SSDs)

how toreplace a drive 362replace drives 360

see also solid state drives (SSDs)storage enclosures, see Drive EnclosuresSupport portal 39

Ttemperature specifications 581tools, required 51training programs 39

Uupdate

Controller BIOS 310Pilot BIOS 547

WWarning signal words 51

Index

588